PÀ£ÀßqÀ

KANNADA
A SELF INSTRUCTIONAL COURSE

LINGADEVARU HALEMANE

KARNATAKA GOVERNMENT
KANNADA DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY
BENGALURU
KANNADA : A Self Instructional Course by Lingadevaru Halemane CzsÀåPÀëgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ
Published by Kannada Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka `PÀ£ÀßqÀ dUÀvÀÛ'£ÀÄß PÀ£ÀßqÀ £Ár£À°è PÁt¨ÉÃPÁzÀ vÀÄvÀÄð EA¢£ÀzÁVzÉ. F
Pages : 259 + 16
£Ár£À°è ««zsÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÁßqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀæªÀiÁtzÀ°èzÁÝgÉ.
CªÀgÉ®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÉà DVzÁÝgÉA§ÄzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä £ÀA©PÉ. CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀȨsÁµÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
First Edition : 1989 £ÁªÀÅ zÉéö¸ÀĪÀÅ¢®è; DzÀgÉ F £É®zÀ°è C£Àß-D±ÀæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÉzÀ ªÉÄïÉ, E°èAiÀÄ
Second Edition : 2003 ¤ÃgÀÄ-£É®zÀ IÄtªÀÅAqÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É PÀ£ÀßrUÀ£ÉÆA¢UÉ ºÁ¢ðPÀªÁV ¨ÉgÉAiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ,
Third Edition : 2012 E°èAiÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ ¦æÃw-«±Áé¸ÀPÉÌ ¨sÁd£ÀgÁUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
JA§ÄzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ D±ÀAiÀĪÁVzÉ. F »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è
ºÉÆgÀvÀgÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ UÀæAxÀ«zÀÄ.
¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 1989
¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è UËgÀªÀ¢AzÀ
¢éwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2003
ªÉÆzÀ°UÉ £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ. CªÀgÀ EAVèµï ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀªÀ£ÀÄß CªÀ±Àå EgÀĪÀ°è ¥ÀjµÀÌj¹,
vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt : 2012
vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, ªÀįÉAiÀiÁ¼ÀA ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁgÁp ¨sÁµÉUÀ½UÉ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹zÉÝêÉ. F
C£ÀĪÁzÀ ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄAiÀÄ°è PÀæªÀĪÁV qÁ|| ªÉÆúÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ|| £ÀAdÄAqÀ£ï, ¥ÉÆæ||
ªÉÆúÀ£ï PÀÄAmÁgï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¥ÉÆæ|| r.J¸ï.ZËUÀ¯É CªÀgÀÄ D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ
¨É¯É : 35-00 gÀÆ¥Á¬ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀÄ ¸ÀºÀPÀj¹zÀÄÝ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÀºÁAiÀĪÁVzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ|| °AUÀzÉêÀgÀÄ
ºÀ¼ÉªÀÄ£É ªÀÄvÀÄÛ C£ÀĪÁ¢¹PÉÆlÖ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉ¸Àj¹zÀ J®è «zÁéA¸ÀjUÉ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀªÀÅ
Price : Rs. 35/- IÄtÂAiÀiÁVzÉ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è £ÉÀ¯É¹ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß PÀAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ ºÉÆgÀ£ÁqÀÄUÀ¼À ¨sÁ¶PÀgÀÄ
PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°vÀÄ, PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀ°è
¥ÀæPÁ±ÀPÀgÀÄ : PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ ¨ÉgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ F UÀæAxÀ £ÉgÀªÁUÀ°zÉ JA§ «±Áé¸À ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÁÝVzÉ.
«zsÁ£À ¸ËzsÀ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ
F UÀæAxÀ ¥ÀæPÀluÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÆ® ¥ÉæÃgÀuÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ CzsÀåPÀëgÁzÀ ¥ÉÆæ|| §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ gÁªÀÄZÀAzÀæ¥Àà£ÀªÀgÀzÀÄ. CªÀgÀ CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è
DgÀA¨sÀªÁzÀ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¥ÀæQæAiÉÄ ªÀiÁ£Àå ©.JA.E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ C¢üPÁgÁªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è
NzÀÄUÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ®¨sÀåªÁV FUÀ ªÀÄÆgÀ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀæt ¸ÁzsÀåªÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. ¥ÉÆæ||
Printer : §gÀUÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÀiÁ£Àå E¢£À§â CªÀgÀ£ÀÄß F ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÉÆA¢UÉ
Karnataka Offset Printers £É£ÉAiÀÄÄvÉÛãÉ.
30/2, 4th Main, 3rd Cross,
Chamarajpet, Bangalore-18. F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀzÀ vÀÈwÃAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄzÀætzÀ ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðzÀ°è D¸ÀQÛ¬ÄAzÀ
( : 26678525
vÉÆqÀV¹PÉÆAqÀ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀzÀ PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ðUÀ¼ÁzÀ qÁ|| ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ PÉ. ºÁUÀÆ J®è
¹§âA¢ªÀUÀðPÉÌ PÀÈvÀdÕvÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.

¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ
¢£ÁAPÀ : 1-12-2012 qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ
CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ
 PÀ£ÀßqÀ C©üªÀÈ¢Þ ¥Áæ¢üPÁgÀ, ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ

CzsÀåPÀëgÀÄ INTRODUCTION
qÁ. ªÀÄÄRåªÀÄAwæ ZÀAzÀÄæ This is a self-instructional material prepared to develop
speaking, reading and writing skills. This is intended for adult
English Learners from different mother-tongue backgrounds, who
PÁAiÀÄðzÀ²ð wants to learn Kannada for various reasons.
qÁ. PÉ. ªÀÄÄgÀ½zsÀgÀ
It is hoped that this self instructional material would enable
the learner to construct orally the basic sentences with the help of
given patterns and lexical items. This would also enable the learner
to converse with the native speakers in given situation with the help
of conversations framed. The book also takes care of the skills of
reading and writing.
An attempt has been made here to present the material as
systematically as possible. The language and the situations used to
follow the principle of selection and gradation which is the modern
practice the world over. The lessons show development from the
simple to the complex and from the known to the unknown.
Provision has been made for reinforcement of the language habits
through conversation and narration. The language structures
introduced here are found in informal spoken contexts and their
description in the text are pedagogically oriented.

The book contains two parts. Part I deals with graded

language structuring and Part II deals with the script.
Part I contains 25 lessons. These lessons are structurally
graded. The language used in these lessons is standard spoken
Kannada. The Bangalore - Mysore dialect of Kannada is generally
VI/Introduction
accepted as the standard spoken Kannada. However one can see
certain changes at phonological level, like dropping of the vowel in
the second syllable in the spoken form. One can find occassional
overlapping of formal and informal usage in this book.
Each basic lesson contains five components, namely,
conversation/narration, pattern drill, key to learners, exercise and
vocabulary.
Each lesson is a running conversation/narration written on a
specific situation with appropriate structure and vocabulary. The
purpose of having a majority of the lesson in the form of
conversation is that it forms the 'stimulus-reponse pattern' in the
learners. The dialogue form of the book facilitates participation by
the learners with interchanging roles. However the last four lessons
are narrations; they can be used as reading texts. The content of the
lessons include day to day social contexts and cultural information
about Karnataka. The first ten lessons are given in Roman
transliteration. A key to sound transcription is given in the begining
of the book. The tenth lesson onwords, lessons are given in
Kannada Script. It is assumed by the time the learner completes the
structure of first ten lessons that he would also have learnt the
recognition of letters in isolation and in combination. the translation
of text and pattern drill is given in English. (while the translations
are largely idiomatically acceptable, the exigencies of instructions
may have here and there resulted in slightly deviant English
constructions).
Pattern drills and exercises are meant for reinforcement of the
structures introduced in the lesson. Generally a distinction is made
between drills and exercises on the lines of their nature. The drills
aim at establishing the structure as habit. In other words they
Introduction / VII
establish automatic response through intensive practice. Besides
this they are also helpful in knowing the syntactic relationship
among the related structures.
In a true sense exercises are an application activity, No new
structure is given under exercise. The learner is expected to apply
the structure learnt in the lesson to test his competence.
The vocabulary contains the newly introduced in the text as
well as in the drill part under two headings, namely, vocabulary and
supplementary vocabulary. Vocabulary is listed in an alphabetical
order.
The key to the learner gives a brief explanation of the structure
or pattern introduced in the lesson. To a great extent extensive use
of linguistic terminology is avoided. Necessary examples and
sandhi rules are also given.
Part II contains the introduction of the Kannada alphabet. The
letters have been introduced on their shape similarity and
contrastive perception. This would enable the learner to recognise
the letters in isolation and in combination as quickly as possible.
The combination of consonants and vowels are also introduced on
their shape similarity. The sound value in Roman script is also
given along with the primary letters in order to enable the learner to
identify the target language sounds. It is expected that the learner
should start learning speaking, reading and writing side by side.
The explanation given above is only a guide line. The actual
learning lies with the learner's motivation and requirement.
Language learning should'nt be taken as a sole activity, but rather as
an enjoyable game. Each structure and each vocabulary item is to be
treated as an interesting toy in the hands of the learner. The learner
VIII/Introduction

should always approach them with an open mind. Aslo one should
be very conscious and alert about his/her surroundings and the
people. One can learn the language while talking in it without
inhibitions. Talk to the people. If they laugh at your pronunciation,
wrong construction of sentences join them and laugh with them.
But don't be disheartened. While laughing with them try to know
the correct form with the help of the book and with the help of the ABBREVATIONS
native speakers.

I acknowledge my grateful thanks to Prof. Baragur Prox. Proximate

Ramachandrappa, and Sri Idinabba former Chairmans, Kannada rem. remote
Development Authority Govt. of Karnataka, who are chiefly hon. honorific
responsible for re-printing this book. They have also got it
pl. Plural
translated into other languages knowing its importance in the
development of Kannada language. I am equally grateful to the sg. singular
translators of this book into different languages. My sincere thanks non hon. non honorific
to Secretary, Kannada Development Authority for his keen interest V.P. Verbal participle
in executing this work. V. Verb
I hope that this self instructional material will be helpful in N. Noun
your endeavour. R.P. Relative Participle
Aux. Auxiliary Verb

Lingadevaru Halemane
 Key to Transcriptions/XI

D donkey, made
KEY TO TRANSCRIPTION
d this, other
1. Vowels n number, many
Symbol enqivalent in English p people, camp
a up, cut
b but, rubber
aa aunt, laugh
m mail, small
i it, kit
y young, beyond
ii each, keep
u book, put r room, bring
uu ooze, moon l live, small
e egg, leg v/w wine, shave
ee ape, make s small, face
o one, no
S shave, fish
oo own, coat
h hall, behave
ai/ay island, five
au/av owl, south
The following sounds do not have acceptable equivalents in
English. Hence their articulation rather than examples are given.
2. Consonants
t Kannada sound is a variety of t produced by the tip of
Symbol equivalent in English the tongue touching the back of the upper teeth.
k king, make
T Kannada sound is produced by curling the tip of the
g get, beg
tongue backwords.
c church, much
J Judge, agent N Produced in the above fashion, but nasal in its quality.
ñ The sound does't exist in English, but is heard sh Variety of 's' also produced in the above fashion.
in French and spanish words like Senor, Signe
L Produced in the above fashion, but lateral in its
quality.
XII/Key to Transcriptions

f fan refer. This sound is found only in loan words from CONTENTS
English and urdu. It is represented by the symbol ph.

z zoo, lazy. This sound is found only in loan words Introduction V-VIII
from English and urdu. It is represented by the
symbol for J or Jh. Abbrevations IX
Key to transcription X-XII
k c T t p and g J D d b, when followed by 'h' are
produced with greater breath force.

Note the sound qualities indicated above are not the

exact ones, but the nearest approximations. Part I
Lesson I
Personal pronouns with their possessive forms 1-6

Lesson 2
Personal pronouns with their possessive forms
Yes/No type of interrogation. 7-15

Lesson 3
Possessive forms of the nouns 16-22

Lesson 4
Qualitative and Quantitative adjectives 23-28

Lesson 5
Predicative forms of the pronouns, nouns,
adjectives. Adjectival nouns, alli, Locative case.
Post positions. 29-39
XIV / Contents Contents / XV

Lesson 6 Lesson 14
Dative case, Numerals 40-51 Past tense d and t and negation 119-130

Lesson 7 Lesson 15
Numeral adjectives, Human plurals, Past tense k, T, D, id and their negation. Indirect
Human numerals 52-62 speech, reportive forms. 131-142

Lesson 8 Lesson 16
Past participle forms and their negation 143-153
Colour adjectives, Model verbs and negation 63-70
Lesson 17
Lesson 9
Continuous forms and their negation 154-162
Verb iru ; non-post tense paradigm and negation. 71-78
Lesson 18
Lesson 10
Perfect forms and their negation 163-171
Imperative, premissive, hortative forms of the
verbs. Non-post tense forms of the main verbs, Lesson 19
annu accusative case. 79-89
Relative participle, participle nouns and
their negations 172-191
Lesson 11
inta comparative marker. Definitive permissive Lesson 20
and prohibitive forms 90-97 Simple conditional and its negation 192-199

Lesson 12 Lesson 21
Gerundials, Potential forms, inda instrumental Unfulfilled past conditional and its negation,
and ablative case 98-108 Concessive form 200-209

Lesson 13 Lesson 22
isu as verbaliser and causative, Reflexive pronouns 109-118 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ (Reading Practice) 210-219
XVI / Contents

Lesson 23 LESSON - 1
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ (Reading Practice) 220-224
1. Dialogue :

Lesson 24 Manohar : namaskaara saar. Good morning sir

ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è (Reading Practice) 225-228 Mahadeva : namaskaara niivu Good morning, who are
yaaru ? you (polite) ?
Lesson 25 Manohar : naanu KannaDa I am a student of
¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ (Reading Practice) 229-233 vidyaarthi Kannada
Mahadeva : nimma hesaru eenu ? What is your
Part II name (polite) ?
Kannada Script 234-259 Manohar : nanna hesaru My name is Manohar
manohar, niivu Who are you, sir ?
yaaru saar ?
Mahadeva : naanu kannaDa I am a Kannada teacher
adhyaapaka
Manohar : nimma hesaru What is your name, sir ?
eenu saar ?
Mahadeva : naana hesaru My name is Mahadeva
mahaadeva. nimma Which is your state ?
raajya yaavudu ?
Manohar : nanna raajya My state is Tamilnadu
tamiLnaaDu
Mahadeva : nimma maatru bhaashe Which is your Mother
yaavdu ? tongue ?
Manohar : naana maatru bhaashe My mother tongue is
tamiLu. ivaru yaaru Tamil. Who is she Sir ?
saar ?
2/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 1/3

Mahadeva : ivaru kannaDa She (prox.) is Kannada 2.5 avara uuru yaavudu ? Which is his/her native Place ?
adhyaapaki teacher ivaru raajya yaavudu ? Whis is / her state ?
nimma jille yaavudu ? Which is your district ?
Manohar : ivara hesaru eenu saar ? What is her name sir ?
Mahadeva : ivara hesaru Siila Her name is Sheela 2.6 nanna deeSa bhaarata My country is India
avaru yaaru manoohar ? Who is he, Manohar ? nanna raajya KarnaaTaka My state is Karnataka
avaru uuru mayasuuru His/her native place is Mysore
Manohar : avaru raabar T, nanna He is Robert, my friend ivara jille tumakuuru His/her district is Tumkur
sneehita
2.7 avaru nanna sneehita He is my friend
avaru nanna sneehite She is my friend
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 niivu yaaru ? Who are you (hon) ?
3. Key to Learners :
avaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.rem.) ?
3.1 'namaskaara' is a greeting term used whenever persons
ivaru yaaru ? Who is he/she (hon.prox.) ?
meet.
2.2 naanu adhyaapaka. I am a teacher 3.2 This lesson introduces simple sentences containing
avaru vaidya He is a doctor nouns. Note that there is no copula in Kannada as in
ivaru gumaasta He is a clerk English.
avaru leekhaki She is a writer niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'
avaru injiniyar He is an engineer naanu vidyaarthi 'I am a student'
avaru vidyaarthini 'She is a student'
naanu vyaapaari I am a businessman
In the above English sentences 'are', 'am', 'is' are
2.3 nimma hesaru eenu ? What is your (hon.) name ? functioning as copula conjoining Noun+Noun. This is not
avaru hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ? so in Kannada.
ivara hesaru eenu ? What is his/her name ?
3.3 yaaru 'who is a human interrogative marker, whereas
2.4 nanna hesaru moohan My name is Mohan ennu 'what' is a non-human interrogative marker.
avara hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala niivu yaaru ? 'Who are you ?'
ivara hesaru raaju His name is Raju nimma hesaru eenu ? 'What is your name ?'
4/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 1/5

3.4 naanu 'I' First person (sg.) 4.2.3 niivu _____________ ?

niivu 'you' Second person (sg. hon+pl.) 4.2.4 ivaru kannaDa ______________
avaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. rem.)
ivaru 'he/she' Third person (sg. hon+pl. prox.) 4.3 If 'naanu' becomes 'nanna' what would be the following
are personal pronouns. Note that there is no gender 4.3.1 niivu ____________
distinction in third person honorafic plural forms. 4.3.2 avaru ____________
4.3.3 ivaru ____________
3.5 The pronouns are further extended by adding possessive
marker - a 4.4 Use the following words in your own sentences :
naanu + a = nanna 'my' 4.4.1 adhyaapaki
niivu + a = nimma 'your' 4.4.2 raajya
avaru + a = avara 'his/her' 4.4.3 hesaru
ivaru + a = ivara 'his/her' 4.4.4 naanu

3.6 yaavudu 'which one' is a non-human interrogative 4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada
pronoun. 4.5.1 I am a student of Kannada
4.5.2 Gopal is my friend
4. Exercise :
4.5.3 My state is Kerala
4.1 fill in the blanks using the Kannada equivalents of the
4.5.4 Her name is Jaya
English ones :
4.1.1 raaja nanna ___________ (friend) 4.6 Answer the following questions
4.1.2 avara _____________ tamiLu. (mother tongue) 4.6.1 niivvu yaaru ?
4.1.3 ____________ hesaru Kamala. (my) 4.6.2 nimma hesaru eenu ?
4.1.4 avara raajya ______________ ? (which) 4.6.3 nimma deeSa yaavudu ?
4.6.4 nimma raajya yaavudu ?
4.2 Fill in the blanks 4.6.5 nimma jille yaavudu ?
4.6.6 nimma uuru yaavudu ?
4.2.1 nimma hesaru _______________ ?
4.6.7 nimma maatrubhaashe yaavudu ?
4.2.2 avara hesaru _______________
6/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5. Vocavbulary LESSON - 2
adhyaapaka 'teacher (mas.)'
adhyaapaki 'teacher (fem.)' 1. Dialogue :
avara 'his/her (rem.)' Manohar : idu yaava pustaka ? Which book is this (prox.) ?
avaru 'he/she(hon.rem)'
Gopal : idu kaadambari This is a novel
ivara 'his/her (prox.)'
eenu 'what' Manohar : idara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?
nanna 'my'
Gopal : idara hesaru Its name is Chirasmarane
namaskaara 'greeting term, equivalent to
cirasmaraNe
English good morning/
good afternoon/good evening' Manohar : idu yaara Whose novel is this ?
naanu 'I' kaadambari ?
nimma 'your'
Gopal : idu niranjana avara This is Niranjana's novel
niivu 'you (hon.sg.)'
kaadambari
maatrubhaashe 'mother tongue'
yaaru 'who' Manohar : idu ninna Is this your book ?
yaavudu 'which one' pustakaanaa ?
raajya 'state'
Gopal : alla. idu nanna No. It is not my book. It is
vidyaarthi 'student (mas.)'
pustaka alla. idu my friend Ashok's book
sneehita 'friend (mas.)'
nanna sneehita
hesaru 'name'
aSoka avara pustaka
5.2 Supplementary vocabulary : Manohar : adu yaara pennu ? Whose pen is that (rem.) ?
gumaasta 'clerk; ninna pennaa ? Is it yours ?
jille 'district'
deeSa 'country' Gopal : havdu. adu nanna Yes. It is my pen
leekhaki 'writter(fem.)' pennu
vaidya 'doctor' Manohar : adara hesaru eenu ? What is its name ?
vyaapaari 'businessman'
sneehite 'friend(fem.)' Gopal : adara hesaru hiiro Its name is Hero
8/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/9

1.1 Dialogue : Manohar : ii huDugi yaaru ? Who is this girl ? Is she

ninna tangiinnaa ? your younger sister ?
Manohar : niinu yaarappa ? who are you (endearing) ?
Mohan : naanu aanand avara I am Anand's son Mohan : alla. ivaLu nanna No. She is not my younger
tangi alla. ivaLu sister. She is my elder
maga
nanna akka. sister
Manohar : ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ?
Manohar : ivaLa hesaru eenu ? what is her name ?
Mohan : nanna hesaru My name is Mohan
Mohan : ivaLa hesaru lalita Her name is Lalitha
moohan
Manohar : ivanu yaaru ? ninna Who is he ? (Sg. non-hon.
2. Pattern drill :
tammanna ? prox.) Is he your younger
2.1 idu yaava pustaka ? Which is this book ?
brother ?
adu yaava kaaleeju ? Which is that college ?
Mohan : alla. ivanu nanna No. He is not my younger
tamma alla. ivanu brother. He is my elder 2.2 idu kavana This is a poem
nanna aNNa brother adu kathe That is a story
Manohar : ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ? 2.3 idara hesaru eenu ? What is its (prox.) name ?
adara hesaru eenu ? What is its (rem.) name ?
Mohan : ivana hesaru sureeS. His name is suresh.
Manohar : avanu yaaru ? Who is he (sg. non-hon. 2.4 idu caduranga avara This is chaduranga's story
rem.) ? kathe
adu bhyrappa avara That is Bhyrappa's house
Mohan : avanu nanna sneehita He is my friend
mane
Manohar : avana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ?
2.5 idu ninna angiinaa ? Is it your shirt ?
Mohan : avana hesaru raaju His name is Raju adu avara maneenaa ? It it his (rem.) house ?
Manohar : aa huDugi yaaru ? Who is that girl ? 2.6 havdu. idu nanna pustaka Yes. this is my book
Mohan : avaLu nanna tangi She (sg. non-hon. rem.) is havdu. adu avara mane Yes. that is their house
my younger sister
2.7 alla. idu avara pennu alla No. This is not his/her pen
Manohar : avaLa hesaru eenu ? What is her name ? alla. adu nanna kaaru No. That is not my car
Mohan : avaLa hesaru kamala Her name is Kamala alla.
10/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/11

2.8 niinu yaaru ? Who are you (non-hon.) ? idu kurchi This is a Chair
ninna hesaru eenu ? What is your name ? adu mara That is a tree
2.9 ivanu yaaru ? Who is he ? (non.hon.prox.) 3.2 The neuter pronouns are extended by adding possessive
ivanu javaana He is servant marker - a
ivana hesaru eenu ? What is his name ? adu + a = adara 'its' (rem.)
ivana hesaru nanjappa His name is Nanjappa idu + a = idara 'its' (prox.)
2.10 avaru yaaru ? Who is he (non-hon. rem) ? Note that the additional of - ar - when the above neuter
avanu kaavalugaara He is a watchman pronouns are used as possessive forms.
avana hesaru raamayya His name is Ramaiah 3.3 yes / no type of interrogation is obtained by adding - aa
to the nouns. Note the combination
2.11 avaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem) ?
avaLu javaani She is servant ? 3.3.1 kaadambari + aa = kaadambariinaa (kaadambariyaa)
avaLa hesaru lakshmi Her name is Lakshmi mane + aa = maaneenaa (maneyaa)
site + aa = siiteenaa (siiteyaa)
2.12 IvaLu yaaru ? Who is she (non-hon.rem.)?
3.3.2 pennu + aa = pennaa (pennaa)
ivaLu nanna tangi She is my younger sister
avaru + aa = avaraa (avaraa)
2.13 ivanu ninna tammaanaa ? Is he your younger brother ? 3.3.3 maga + aa = magaanaa (maganaa)
alla. ivanu nanna tamma No. He is not my younger raama + aa = raamaanaa (raamanaa)
alla. ivanu nanna aNNa brother. He is my elder Kamala + aa = kamalaanaa (kamalaLaa)
brother
Whenever = aa is added, the last vowel of the noun
2.14 avaLu ninna akkaanaa ? Is she your elder sister ? becomes long and it takes - n - as an addition in spoken
havdu. avaLu nanna akka Yes. she is my elder sister form. The forms in the paranthesis represent the standard
written form.
3. Key to learners : 3.4 havdu 'yes' is an affirmitive answer to question. alla 'no'
3.1 idu 'this' third person (neut. sg. prox.) is negation. Note that we can also make questions using
havdu and alla as havdaa ? and alvaa ?
adu 'that' third person (neut. sg. rem.)
are introduced. These pronouns are used to denote all 3.5 niinu 'you' : second person (sg.)
non-human nouns. ivanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. prox.)
12/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/13

avanu 'he' : third person (mas. sg. rem.) 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words given
ivaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. prox.) in the bracket.
avaLu 'She' : third person (fem. sg. rem.) 4.2.1 adu _________ kaaru (avanu)
are introduced. aata, iita, aake, iike are also used as 4.2.2 idu _________ aafiisu ? (yaaru)
substitutes for avanu, ivanu, avaLu, ivaLu 4.2.3 avaLu ninna ________ ? (tangi)
3.6 The above pronouns are further extended by adding - 4.2.4 _______ hesaru kaamaakshi (ivaLu)
a Possessive marker.
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the Kannad equivalent of the
niinu + a = ninna 'your'
English ones :
ivanu + a = ivana 'his'
avanu + a = avana 'his' 4.3.1 avaLu ___________ (girl)
ivaLu + a = ivaLa 'her' 4.3.2 savita nanna ________ (elder sister)
avaLu + a = avaLa 'her'
4.3.3 nimma ________ yaaru ? (elder brother)
3.7 - appa is an addressive term used to address men who 4.3.4 nanna __________ kannaDa adhyaapaka
are strangers, intimates and subordinates. Femi - nine (younger brother)
counterpart of this term is - amma
4.4 interrogate :
3.8 aa 'that' and ii 'this' are demonstrative adjectives. Note 4.4.1 avanu vidyaarthi
the difference between these adjectives and neut. 4.4.2 adu pustaka
pronouns. 4.4.3 nanna raajya keeraLa
adu mane 'that is house' 4.4.4 havdu. avanu nanna tamma
aa mane 'that house'
4.5 Translate into Kannada
4. Exercises : 4.5.1 Who are you ?
4.1 Fill in the blanks using th appropriate word 4.5.2 Is she your younger sister ?
4.5.3 Who is that girl ?
4.1.1 idu niranjana avara ___________
4.5.4 This boy is Satish's Son
4.1.2 indiraa gaandhi avara ________ raajiiva gaandhi
4.5.5 Is it your booK ?
4.1.3 _______ hesaru cirasmaraNe 4.5.6 No. It is not my pen?
4.1.4 _______ adu nanna pustaka alla 4.5.7 Which is your native place ?
14/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 2/15

4.6 Answer the following questions. tangi 'younger sister'

4.6.1 nimma uuru madaraasaa ? tamma 'younger brother'
4.6.2 aa huDuga nimma magaanaa ? ninna 'your'
4.6.3 niranjana avara kaadambari yaavudu ? maga 'son'
4.6.4 nimma maatrubhaashe kannaDaanaa ? pustaka 'book'
yaava 'which'
5. Vocabulary : havdu 'yes'
akka 'elder sister' huDugi 'girl'
adu 'that' (rem.)
adara 'its'
aNNa 'elder brother'
alla 'no' (negates the noun)
avaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. rem.)
avaLa 'her'
avanu 'he' (non. hon. sg. rem.)
avana 'his'
aa 'that'
idu 'this' (prox.)
idara 'its'
ivana 'his'
ivaLu 'she' (non. hon. sg. prox.)
ivaLa 'her'
ii 'this'
kaadambari 'novel'

LESSON - 3
1. Dialogue :
Raja : raamaayaNada naayaka
yaaru ?
Rani : raamaayaNada naayaka
Sriiraama
Raja : raama yaara maga ?
Rani : avanu daSarathana maga
Raja : raamana taayiya hesaru
eenu ?
Rani : raamana taayiya hesaru
kavsalye
Raja : raamana tammana
hesaru eenu ?
Rani : raamana tammana hesaru
lakshmaNa
Raja : raamana henDatiya
hesaru eenu ?
Rani : raamana heNDatiya
hesaru siite
Raja : avaLu yaara magaLu ?
Rani : avaLu Janaka raajana
magaLu
Who is the hero of
Ramayana ?
The hero of Ramayana is
Sri Rama
Whose son is Sri Rama ?
He is the son of Dasharatha
What is the name of
Rama's mother ?
Rama's mother name is
Kausalye
What is the name of
Rama's younger brother ?
Rama's younger brother's
name is Lakshmana
What is the Rama's wife's
name ?
Rama's wife's name is
Sita
Whose daughter is she ?
She is the daughter of King
Janaka
Lesson 3/17
Raja : raamana makkaLa What are the names of
hesaru eenu ? Rama's children ?
Rani : lava, kuSa Lava & Kusha
Raja : Lava hiri magaanoo ? Who is the eldest son ?
kusha hiri magaanoo ? It is Lava or Kusha ?
Rani : kusha hiri maga. lava Kusha is the eldest son.
kiri maga Lava is the youngest
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 karnaaTakada mukhya Who is Chief Minister of
mantri yaaru ? Karnataka ?
bhaaratada raajadhaani Which is the Capital of
yaavudu ? India ?
2.2 sumati raajuvina magaLu Sumati is Raju's daughter
avanu ii guruvina Sishya He is the student of this
teacher
2.3 raamana tandeya hesaru Rama's father's name is
daSaratha Dasharatha
nanna taayiya hesaru My mother's name is
kamalamma Kamalamma
2.4 siiteya gaNDana hesaru Sita's husband's name is
raama Rama
avara magana hesaru His son's name is RaJiv
raajiiva
2.5 raamana makkaLa hesaru Rama's children's names
lava, kuSa are Lava and Kusha
18/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 3/19

2.6 namma kaalejina hesaru The name of our college is sose 'daughter in law' huli 'tiger'
Mahaarajaa kaaleeju Maharaja's College kathe 'story' kiTaki 'window'
nimma uurina hesaru eenu ? What is the name of your henDati 'wife' kurci 'chair'
native place ?
3.1.3 when - a is added to - u ending neuter, nouns, final - u
2.7 avaLu raamaraayara hiri Is she Ramarao's elder drops and - in - is inserted.
magaLoo kiri magaLoo ? daughter or younger kaaleeju + a = kaaleejina 'of college'
daughter ? kaaDu + a = kaaDina 'of forest'

add, - a to following nouns

3. Key to learners :
uuru 'native place' haavu 'snake'
3.1 The possessive marker - a is added to nouns
bassu 'bus' pennu 'pen'
3.1.1 bhaarata + a = bhaarataDa 'of India' baagilu 'door' hengasu 'women'
karnaaTaka + a = karnaa Takada 'of Karnataka'
There are some nouns which are exceptions to the above rule
Whenever possessive marker - a is added to neut hasu 'cow bandhu 'relative'
nouns ending with - a, it takes - d - as an guru 'teacher' magu 'child'
addition karu 'calf' Satru 'enemy'
Now add the - a to the following nouns :
These nouns and the proper nouns ending in - u take - vin - as an
mara 'tree' pustaka 'book' addition. Observe the following examples.
giDa 'plant' sinima 'cinema' hasu + a = hasuvina
dina 'day raajya 'state' guru + a = guruvina
karu + a = karuvina
3.1.2 gaandhi + a = gaandhiya 'of Gandhi'
raaju + a = raajuvina
site = a = siiteya 'of Site'
siitu + a = siituvina
whenever - a is added to nouns ending with - i or - e,
whether human or non-human, it takes - y - as an addition 3.1.4 The numerals ending with - u take - ar - as an increment
ondu + a = ondara 'of one'
Now added - a to the following nouns. hattu + a = hattara 'of ten'
20/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 3/21

Note that when magaLu and maakaLu added to - a 4.2 Fill in the blanks using Kannada equivalents of the
possessive from, final - u drops English words given in the bracket
magaLu + a = magaLa 'of daughter' 4.2.1 Saaliniya ___________ rajani (daughter)
makkLu + a + makkaLa 'of children' 4.2.2 nanna ____________ raajeSa (elder son)
4.2.3 raviya ____________ savita (wife)
3.15 Human nouns ending with - a, when added to posses sive 4.2.4 sumana ___________ rama (mother)
marker take -n - as an addition.
maga + a = magana 'of son' 4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given
raama + a = raamana 'of Rama' in the bracket
kamala + a = kamalana 'of Kamala' 4.3.1 nimma __________ hesaru eenu ? (maga)
akka + a = akkana 'of elder sister' 4.3.2 Saaliniya __________ mane yaavudu ? (sneehite)
4.3.3 _______ aNNa raajiiva (sanjaya)
3.2 Dubitive marker is - oo. this is used to express doubt.
4.3.3 _________ raajadhaani dehali (bhaarata)
sanjay gaandhi indiraa gaandhiya hiri maganoo kiri
maganoo ? 4.4 Translate into Kannada :
avanu ninna aNNanoo tammanoo ? 4.4.1 My mother's name is Sharada
adu avara manenoo ninna manenoo ? 4.4.2 Who is her husband ?
4.4.3 Arpita is my youngest daughter
3.3 Note that the kinship terms are used in this lesson 4.4.4 Rama Rao is my father's father

4.5 Trans form as per the model :

4. Exercises
4.5.1 indiraa gaandhi ____ indiraa gaandhiya
4.1 fill in the blanks using the appropriate words
rajani _________
4.1.1 bhaaratada ___________ dehali ravi _________
4.1.2 raamana ___________ siita naayi _________
4.1.3 lava kuSa raamana __________ kurci _________
4.1.4 raajiiva gaandhiya ____________ firooj gaandhi tande _________
kathe _________
22/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

4.5.2 bhaarata ____ bhaaratada LESSON - 4

deeSa __________
1. Dialogue :
pustaka __________
mara __________ Ramu : Sriiraamapura oLLeya Is Shreeramapura a good
baDaavaNeenaa ? extension ?
4.5.3 maga ___ magana
Suresh : alla. adu oLLeya No, It is not a good
sanjaya __________
baDaavaNe alla. keTTa extension. It is a bad one
rameeSa __________ baDaavaNe
kamala __________
lalita __________ Ramu : oLLeya baDaavNe Which is the good
yaavudu ? extension ?
4.5.4 neharu ___ neharuvina
Suresh : banaSankari oLLeya Banashankari is a good
raamu __________ baDaavaNe extension
niilu __________
magu __________ Ramu : adu hosa Is it a new extension or an
hasu __________ baDaavaNeenoo old one ?
haLeya baDaavaNeenoo ?
guru __________
Suresh : adu haLeya baDaavaNe It is not an old one. It is a
4.6 Give a brief introduction about your family alla. hosa baDaavaNe new one
4.7 Answer the following questions
4.7.1 nimma makkaLa hesaru eenu ? Ramu : adeenu doDDa Is it a big extension or
baDaavaNeenoo, small one ?
4.7.2 nimma heDatiya hesaru eenu ?
cikka baDaavaNeenoo ?
4.7.3 nimma tande / taayiya hesaru eenu ?
Suresh : adu doDDa baDaavaNe It is a big extension
5. Vocabulary
Ramu : adu entha baDaavaNe ? What type of exttension
makkaLu 'children' Sriimantara is that ? Is it a rich people's
magaLu 'daughter' baDaavaNeenoo, extension or poor people's
hiri maga 'eldest son' baDavara extension ?
heNDati 'wife' baDaavaNeenoo ?
24/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 4/25

Suresh ; adu tumbaa Sriimantara It is neither very rich 2.4 adu doDDa mane That is a big house
baDaavaNeenu alla people's extension nor bengaLuuru doDDa Bangalore is a big city
tumbaa baDavara the extension of poor paTTaNa
baDaavaNeenuu alla avaru doDDa He is a big/nobel man
Suresh : adu tumbaa duuraanoo manushyaru
hattiraanoo ? It is too far or nearby ? 2.5 adu cikka angaDi That is a small shop
Ramu : adu tumbaa duuraanuu It is neither too far, nor idu saNNa kathe This is a short story
alla, tumbaa hattiraanuu too nearby avaLu saNNa hengasu She is a small/mean woman
alla
2.6 maysuuru aramane The Mysore palace is a
tumbaa doDDa aramane very big palace
2. Pattern drill :
avaru bahaLa oLLeya She is a very good teacher
2.1 maysuuru oLLeya Mysore is a good city
adhyaapaki
nagara
adu tiiraa keTTa naayi That is a very bad dog
rameeSa oLLeya Ramesha is a good boy
huDuga 2.7 raama sumitreya Is Rama the son of
moohan oLLeya Mohan is a good officer magaanoo ? kaikeyiya Sumitra or Kaikeyi ?
adhikaari magaanoo ?
raama sumitreya Rama is the son of neither
2.2 adu keTTa pustaka That is a bad book magaanuu alla Sumitra nor Kaikeyi
avanu keTTa huDuga He is a bad boy Kaikeeyiya magaanuu He is the son of Kausalya
adu keTTa uuru That is a bad place alla. avanu kausalyeya
2.3 adu entha pennu ? What kind of pen is that ? maga
adu oLLeya pennu That is a good pen adu ninna pennoo Is it your pen or your
ninna tammana pennoo / younger brother's ?
idu entha kadambari ? What kind of novel is this ?
adu nanna pennuu alla It is neither my pen nor
idu keTTa kadambari This is a bad novel
nanna tammana pennu my younger brother's It is
avaLu entha naTi ? What kind of actress is she ?
alla. nanna tangiya my younger sister's pen
avaLu keTTa naTi She is a bad actress
pennu
avanu oLLeya NaTa He is a good actor
26/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 4/27

3. Key to learners : 4.2.2 adu ____________ gaDiyaara (big)

3.1 OLLeya 'good', keTTa 'bad', hosa 'new', haleya 'old' are 4.2.3 adu tumbaa doDDa ____________ (extension)
qualitative adjectives. doDDa 'big' cikka, saNNa 'small'
are quantitative adjectives. These adjectives always 4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences
precede nouns. doDDa and saNNa may refer to either the 4.3.1 mane
size of an object or the quality of a person.
4.3.2 hosa
adu doDDa mane
4.3.3 doDDa
avanu doDDa manushya
4.3.4 entha
3.2 Note that tumbaa, bahaLa and tiira, are the intensifiers. 4.3.5 saNNa
They always precede the adjectives
avanu tumbaa oLLeya manushya 4.4 Translate into kannada
4.4.1 It is a very good novel'
3.3 - uu is a conjuctive marker which is used to co-ordinate
4.4.2 Whose story is this ?
two or more terms. If it is used with the subject along with
'alla', it gives the meaning 'neither,--nor ! 4.4.4 Jayanagara is a good extension
avanu raviya aNNanuu alla, tammanuu alla 4.4.5 It is a big city
4.4.6 It is a good old house
3.4 entha 'what type of' is a qualitative interorragative
adjective. 4.5 Answer the following questions
4.5.1 karnaaTakada raajadhaani yaavudu ?
4. Exercise : 4.5.2 nimma doDDa magana hesaru eenu ?
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate word
4.5.3 adu nimma haLeya manenooo hosa maneenoo ?
4.1.1 adu ____________ sinimaa
4.5.4 nimma baDaavaNeya hesaru eenu ?
4.1.2 bengaLuuru ____________paTTaNa
4.5.5 nimma baDaavaNe do DDadaa ?
4.1.3 avanu nanna ____________ aNNa
4.1.4 avaLu nanna tammana ____________ magaLu 5. Vocabulary :
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the entha 'what type of'
English words in the bracket oLLeya 'good'
4.2.1 reekhaa ____________ oLLeya naTi (very) keTTa 'bad'
28/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/29

cikka 'small' LESSON - 5

doDDa 'big'
1. Dialogue :
baDaavaNe 'extension'
saNNa 'small' Swamy : nimmadu baaDige Is yours a rented house ?
maneenaa ?
hattira 'near by'
haLeya 'old' Ranga : alla. nannadu baaDige No. Mine is not a rented
hosa 'new' mane alla. svanta mane house. It is my own
Swamy : mane hosadaa ? Is it a new house ?
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
Ranga : havdu. hosadu Yes. a new one
aramane 'palace'
gaDiyaara 'watch / clock' Swamy : doDDadaa ? Is it big ?
naTa 'Actor' Ranga : swalpa doDDadu Some what big
naTi 'Actress' Swamy : mane elli ide ? Where is the house ?
nagara 'city' Ranga : Jayanagaradalli ide It is in Jayanagara
naayi 'dog'
Swamy : alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for rent?
paTTana 'city' baaDige mane ideyaa ?
manushya 'man'
Ranga : illa. yaavuduu illa no. There is none
hengasu 'woman'
Swamy : beere elliyaadaru Is there one, elsewhere ?
ideyaa ?
Ranga : raajaaji nagaradalli ide There is one in
Raajajinagar
Swamy : rajaaji nagara duura Raajaji nagar is far off
banaSankari hattira Banashankari is near
alli yaavuduu liva ? Is there not one ?
Ranga : illa No
30/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Swamy : raajaaji nagarada mane Whose house is the one in
yaaradu ? Raajajinagar ?
Ranga : nanna sneehitanadu
Swamy : elli ide ?
Ranga : navarang thiyeeTar
hattira ide
Swamy : gurutu eenaadaruu
ideyaa ?
Ranga : mane munde navarang
thiyeTar ide. hinde
ondu angaDi ide
maneya eDa pakkadalli
bala pakkadalli tengina
mara ide
Swamy : aa mane doDDadaa ?
Ranga : havdu. sumaaru
doDDadu
Swamy : nimma sneehita
enthavaru ?
Ranga : avanu tumbaa
oLLeyavanu
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 aa mane nannadu
ii pustaka avanadu
hosa kaaru ivaradu
It is my friend's
Where is it ?
It is near Navarang theatre
Is there any landmark ?
Navarang theatre is in front
of the house. Behind, there
is a shop. There are coco-
nut trees on the left and
right sides of the house
Is that a big house ?
Yes. fairly big
What kind of a man is your
friend ?
He is a very nice man
That house is mine
This book is his
The new car is his / her's
Lesson 5/31
2.2 aa huDugi nannavaLu That girl is mine
ii huDuga nannavanu This boy is mine
2.3 nanna SarTu hodadu My shirt is new
avaLa siire haLeyadu Her saree is old
avara kaaleeju doDDadu Their college is big
avana rummu cikkadu His room is small
2.4 nimma cappali hosadaa ? Are your Chappals new ?
aa sinimaa haLeyadaa ? Is that film old ?
ii saykallu oLLeyadaa ? Is this Cycle good ?
2.5 mane jayanagaradalli ide The house is in Jayanagar
naayi maneyalli ide The dog is in the house
aane kaaDinalli ide The elephant is in the
forest
bassinalli jaaga ide, There is space in the bus
karnaaTakadalli cinnada There is gold mine in
gaNi ide Karnataka
2.6 nimma kaaleju elli ide ? Where is your college ?
avara haasTelu elli ide ? Where is his/her hostel ?
gaNeeSana angaDi elli Where is Ganesh's shop ?
ide ?
2.7 pustaka alli ide The book is there
sigareeT illi ide The cigarette is here
2.8 avara hattira benki There is a box of matches
paTTaNa ide with him
avara mane munde There is a hospital in front
aaspatre ide of his/her house
32/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/33

2.9 meejina meela pustaka ide There is book on the table. person neut. pronouns - adu, - avu to the possessive nouns
mancada keLage raamana + adu = raamanadu
peTTige ide raamana + avu = raamanavu
note the deletion of - a
2.10 aa pustaka nanna That book is my friend's
sneehitanadu 3.1.2 Pronoun predicatives : They are obtained by the addition
ii siire siiteyadu This saree is Site's of third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to
ii hosa SarTu raamanadu This new shirt is Rama's the possessive pronouns.
2.11 alli yaavudaadaruu Is there any house for nanna + avanu = nannavanu
baaDige mane ideyaa ? rent ? nanna + avaLu = nannavaLu
nimma hattira is there any story book nanna + avu = nannavu
yaavudaadaruu kathe with you ? adara + adu = adaradu
pustaka ideyaa ? idara + adu = idaradu
illi elliyaadaruu angaDi Is there any shop near by ?
3.1.3 Adjectival predicatives : They are obtained by adding
ideyaa ?
third person pronouns (either human or non-human) to
2.12 kannaDa adhyaapaki What kind of a lady is the the adjectives.
enthavaru ? Kannada teacher ? doDDa + avanu = doDDavanu
aa huDuga enthavanu ? What kind of a boy is he ? chikka + avaLu = cikkavaLu
ninna sneehite kamala What kind of a person is oLLeya + avaru = oLLeyavaru
enthavaLu ? your friend Kamala ? keTTa + adu = keTTadu
keTTA + avu = keTTavu
2.13 kannaDa adhyaapaki The Kannada
oLLeyavaru teacher (fem.) is good observe that these predicative forms can never be used before
aa huDaga keTTavanu That boy is bad nouns. (However they, can also be used as subjects of sentences
nanna sneehite Kamala My friend Kamala is a like nannadu haLeya mane)
oLLeyavaLu good person
The possessive forms of the human nouns are used in the rare
3. Key to learners : context. Whereas the neuter nouns are used frequently to
3.1 Note the predicative forms in Kannada express the possession. Whenever the predicative form is used
3.1.1 Noun predicatives : They are formed by adding the third the denotative adjective is used. Observe the following
sentences.
34/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/35

IvaLu nanna magaLu 'She is my daughter' 3.5 Note that by adding - aadaruu to
ii magu nannadu 'She is my child' elli 'where'
idu nanna mane 'This is my house' yaaru 'who'
ii mane nannadu 'This house is mine' eenu 'what'
yaake 'why'
3.2 When the interrogative marker - aa is added to heege 'how
predicative form, final - u drops
hosadu + aa = hosadaa the following forms are obtained.
elliyaadaruu 'somewhere/any where'
3.3 -alli is the locative case marker, which denotes the yaaraadaruu 'some one'
location eenaadaruu 'something'
mane + alli = maneyalli 'in the house' yaakaadaruu 'for some reason'
bengaLuuru + alli = bengaLuurinalli 'in Bangalore heegaadaruu 'somehow'
The changes are the same as in possessive form, when 3.6 ide means 'to be' used to denote to the existence of neuter
added to different types of nouns (ref. L. No. 3) noun. The corresponding negation for ide is illa
3.4 Post position like
4. Exercise :
munde 'in front of'
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate words :
hinde 'behind'
4.1.1 aa kiTaki _____________
bala pakka 'right side'
4.1.2 nimma mane _____________ ide ?
eDa pakka 'left side'
4.1.3 nimma Saleya _____________ eenu ?
meele 'above'
4.1.4 nanna _____________ kannaDi ide
keLage 'below'
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the
are also location denoters. Observe that these post positions
English words given in the bracket
always follow nouns.
4.2.1 avara maneya ____________ citra mandira ide. (behind)
maneya munde 'in front of the house' 4.2.2 idu _____________ mane (rented)
meejina meele 'on the table' 4.2.3 ivaLu nanna _____________ magaLu (own)
Where as in English they always precede. 4.2.4 mane _____________ ide (a little far)
36/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/37

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words 4.4.4 Model : ravi -- raviyadu
given in the bracket Transform : taayi __________
4.3.1 avara mane __________ ide (saraswatipura) mane __________
4.3.2 nimma uuru __________ ? (doDDa) naayi __________
4.3.3 ii SarTu nanna _________ (sneehita) rajani __________
4.3.4 namma mane __________ angaDi ide (pakka) 4.4.5 Model : Jayanagara -- jayanagaradalli
Transform : pustaka __________
4.4 Transform the following as per the model
4.4.1 Model : cikka - cikkadu mane ____________
Transorm : oLLeya __________ jaalahaLLi _______
keTTa ___________ uuru ____________
hosa ____________ 4.4.6 Model : raamu -- raamuvindau
haLeya __________ Transfer : veeNu __________
yaava ___________ hasu ____________
4.4.2 Model : niivu - nimmadu magu ___________
Transform : naanu __________ guru ____________
avanu __________ 4.5 Transform according to the model
avaLu __________ Model : T : adu doDDa mane
avaru __________ S : aa mane doDDadu
adu ____________
Transform
4.4.3 Model : sneehita -- sneehitanadu 4.5.1 adu cikka pustaka
Transform : Kamala __________ 4.5.2 idu hosa sthaLa
raama ___________ 4.5.3 adu haLeya uuru
aNNa ___________ 4.5.4 adu nanna tangiya mane
4.5.5 adu aa hasuvina karu
akka ____________
4.5.6 adu entha mane ?
38/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 5/39

4.6 Translate into kannada 5.1 Supplementary vocabuary

4.6.1 Mysore is a big city aane 'elephant'
4.6.2 There is a shop behind my house kannaDi 'mirror'
4.6.3 That book is kamala's
kaaDu 'forest'
4.6.4 My book is in my house
kaaleeju 'college'
4.6.5 Where is your dog ?
kiTaki 'window'
4.7 Answer the following questions gaNi 'mines'
4.7.1 nimma mane elli ide ?
cappali 'chappals'
4.7.2 nimmadu swanta maneenoo baaDige maneenoo ?
cinna 'gold'
4.7.3 nimma mane gurutu eenu ?
jaaga 'place'
5. Vocabulary peTTige 'box'
eDa pakka 'left side' benki paTTaNa 'match box'
elli 'where' ruumu 'room'
gurutu 'identification / land mark' saykallu 'cycle'
tengina mara 'coconut tree' siire 'saree'
duura 'far off' SarTu 'shirt'
bala pakka 'right side'
baaDige 'rent'
mane 'house'
munde 'in front of'
swanta 'own'
swalpa 'a little'
hattira 'near'
hinde 'behind'
 Lesson 6/41

LESSON - 6 shiva : doDDadakke eshTu How much is the big one ?

cikkadakke eshTu ? How much is the small
1. Dialogue : one ?
Shiva : ondu kg. badanekaayige What is the price of a kilo t.v. : doDDakke eeLu Seven rupees for the big
eashTu bele ? of brinjals ? ruupaayi. cikkadakke one. four rupees for the
tarakaari vyaapaari : It is eight and a half rupees naalku ruupaayi small one
ondu kg. badanee for one kilo of brinjals Shiva : doDDadu kaDme ilvaa ? Nothing less for the big
kaayige enTuvare one ?
ruupaayi
t.v. : illa saar. ellaa taaja No sir. It is all fresh stuff
Shiva : nimma angaDiyalli bele Rates are high in your maalu. ondee bele Fixed prices
jaasti shop
Shiva : kooLi moTTege eshTu ? How much are eggs ?
t.v. : illa saar. iiga habbada No Sir. This is festival
siisannu. ella tarakaari season. The prices of all t.v. : kooLi moTTege ondu one rupee seventy paise
beleenuu jaasti vegetables are high ruupaayi eppattu paise each

Shiva : ardha kg. TomyaaToo How much for a half kilos Shiva : kottumbari soppu ? coriander (leaves) ?
haNNige eshTu ? of tomatoes ?
t.v. : ondu kantege ayvattu It is fifty paise a bunch
t.v. : hattu kaalu ruupayi Ten and quarter rupees paise

Shiva : TomyaaToo bele ashTu Is the rate of tomatoes so 1.1 Dialogue

jaastiinaa ? high ?
Postmaster : nimage eenu beeku ? What do you want ?
t.v. : havdu saar, Yes sir, There are no Shankara : nange aydu inlyaanD I want five inland letters
maarkeTTinalli tomatoes in the market
leTer beeku. ondu How much is an inland
TomyaaToo haNNe illa
inlyaanD leTerge letter ?
Shiva : aa kumbaLakaayige How much is that eshTu ?
eshTu ? pumpkin ?
P.M. : ondakke eraDu It is two rupees each.
t.v. : doDDadakkoo The big one or small one ? ruupaayi. aameele What else do you want
cikkadakkoo ? eenu beeku saar ? sir ?
42/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/43

Shankara : envelap ideyaa ? Do you have envelopes ? 2.2 ondu kilo huruLikaayige It is eight rupees for a kilo
enTu ruupaayi of beans
P.M. : illa saar. envelap No sir. There is no stock of
aa pustakakke muuru It is three rupees for that
sTaak illa. sTyamp envelopes. Stamps are
ruupaayi Book
ide available
tenginakaayi eraDakke It is twelve rupees for two
Shankara : muuru ruupaayiyadu I want six stamps of three hanneraDu ruupaayi coconuts
aaru sTyamp beeku rupees. Seven stamps of
hattu paiseedu eeLu ten paise 2.3 avanige eenu beeku ? What does he want ?
sTyamp beeku nanage ondu capaati I want a chapati
beeku
P.M. : inneenu beeku saar ? What else do yout want sir ? ninage eshTu doose How many dosas do you
beeku ? want ?
Shankara : hanneraDu kaarD I want twelve cards
avarige hannondu He wants eleven rupees.
P.M. : inneenuu beeDvaa ? Don't you want anything ? ruupaayi beeku
avaLige eenuu beeDa She does'nt want anything
Shankara : beeDa No. I don'g want
2.4 siitege aa siire Does'nt Sita wants that
P.M. : yaarige saar To whom are all these beeDvaa ? saree ?
ishTondu kaarDu ? cards sir ? rajanige hattu ruupaayi Does Rajani want ten
beekaa ? rupees ?
Shankara : naalku nanna Four for my friend, five
sneehitanige, aydu for my younger sister raamanige ippattu Rama wants twenty
nanna tangi Kamala and three for me ruupaayi beeku rupees
kamalnige, muutu aa kaaleejige oLLeya That college has a good
nanage hesaru ide name
nimma uurige eshTu How many Kilometers to
2. Pattern drill ; kilomiiTar ? your home town ?
2.1 nimma manege baaDige How much is the rent for
eshTu ? your house ? 3. Key to learners :
bengaLuurige bas How much is the bus fare 3.1 The use of dative marker is as follows - (i) ge, - age and
caarju eshTu ? to Bangalore - akke are the dative case markers. the function of the
dative is to denote the direction.
44/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/45

beneficiary, recipient or even sometimes possessor of 3.1.2 First and second person pronouns take - age as dative
objects or qualities. nannu + age = nanage 'to me'
The use of dative marker is as follows naavu + age = namage 'to us'
niinu + age = ninage 'to you' (sg)
3.1.1 -- (i) ge niivu + age = nimage 'to you' (pl. + hon.)

3.1.1.1 --u ending neuter nouns, - a ending human nouns 3.1.3 Neuter nouns ending in - a, third person neuter pronouns
and third person human Pronouns take - ige as and numerals take - akke as dative
dative mara + akke = marakke 'to tree'
kaaleeju + ige = kaaleejige 'to the college' kaagadda + akke = kaagadakke 'to the paper'
uuru + ige = uurige 'to the native place' adu + akke = adakke 'to that'
bassu + ige = bassige 'to the bus' ondu + akke = ondakke 'to one'
raama + ige = raamanige 'to Rama' nuuru + akke = nuurakke 'to one hundred'
tamma + ige = tammanige 'to younger brother'
sarasa + ige = sarasanige 'to Sarasa' 3.2 Numerals are introduced
avanu + ige = avanige 'to him' ondu 'one' aaru 'six'
avaLu + ige = avaLige 'to her' eraDu 'two' eeLu 'seven'
avaru + ige = avarige 'to them' muuru 'three' enTu 'eight'
naalku 'four' ombattu 'nine'
3.1.1.2 All categories of nouns ending in - i and - e take -ge as aydu 'five' hattu 'ten'
dative are basic numerals.
sumati + ge = Sumatige 'to Sumati'
raadhe + ge = raadhege 'to Radha' These numerals can be further developed by addition and
multiplication.
mane + ge = manege 'to house'
hattu + ondu = hannondu 'eleven'
naayi + ge = naayige 'to dog'
hattu + eraDu = hanneraDu 'twelve'
tarkaari + ge = tarkaarige 'to vegetable'
hattu + mooru = hadimuuru 'thirteen'
hattu + naalku = hadinaalku 'fourteen'
46/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/45

hattu + aydu = hadinaydu 'fifteen' The possessive marker - a is added to the first numeral.
hattu + aaru = hadinaaru 'sixteen' Observe the following examples.
hattu + eeLu = hadineeLu 'seventeen' aydu nuura hattu 'five hundred and ten'
hattu + enTu = hadineNtu 'eighteen' ondu saavirada eraDu 'one thousand two'
hattu + ombattu = hattombattu 'ninteen' 3.3 beeku 'want' and its corresponding negation beeda 'do
hattu + hattu = ippattu 'twenty' not want' are also introduced. Note that beeku and beeda
are always obligatorily used with dative subject.
Note that the numerals from eleven to nineteen (as in english !)
nanage kaafi beeku 'I want coffee'
have slightly irregular forms and as in English again numerals
from twenty onwards are expressed as multiples of ten plus raajanige niiru beeDa 'Raju doesn't want water'
basic numerals.
3.4 eshTu 'how much' is a quantitative interrogative word
ippattu + ondu = ippattondu 'twenty one' (either adjective or pronoun). It covers both 'how many'
ippattu + eraDu = ippatteraDu 'twenty two' and 'how much'

every multiple of ten is expressed by adding the word for ten to a 4. Exercise
basic number. 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words
muuru x hattu = muuvattu 'thirty' 4.1.2 nimma angaDiyalli savtekaayi ________ ?
naalku x hattu = nalvattu 'forty' 4.4.2 avaLige inneenu ____________
aydu x hattu = ayvattu 'fifty'
4.1.3 saroojana vayassu ____________?
aaru x hattu = aravattu 'sixty'
4.1.4 ____________ ondu kantege hattu paise.
eeLu x hattu = eppattu 'seventy'
enTu x hattu = embattu 'eighty' 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the
ombattu x hattu = tombattu 'ninety' English words given in the bracket
hattu x hattu = nuuru 'hundred' 4.2.1 nanage ondu kilo ____________ beku. (brinjal)
number above hundred can be similarly derived. 4.2.2 ella saamaaniguu ____________ jaasti (price)
4.2.3 __________ ondakke ondu ruupaayi ayvattu paise (egg)
nuura ondu 'hundred and one'
4.2.4 avarige iDLi saambaar ____________ (not wanted)
nuura hattu 'hundred and ten'
48/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/49

4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given aaru _________
in the bracket adu __________
4.3.1 _________ eenu beeku ? (niivu)
4.3.2 doDDa _________ eshTu ? (kumbaLakaayi) 4.4.4 Model : naanu _______ nanage
4.3.3 _________ aaru sTyaamp. (hannerDu ruupaayi) niinu ________
4.3.4 savteekaayi _________ ? (illa) niivu ________

4.4. Transform the following according to the model 4.4.5 Model : raaju ________ raajuvige
4.4. Model : beenDeekaayi __________benDeekaayige raaamu ________
maalini__________ hasu ________
ravi__________ guru ________
naadini __________ sarayu ________
Siite __________ karu ________
mane __________ 4.4.6 Model : kamala ________ kamalanige
atte __________ aSooka ________
savteekaayi __________
vinuta ________
4.4.2 Model : baaLee haNNu ______ baaLee haNNige maga ________
kottambari soppu __________ bhaava ________
kaalu __________
4.5 Translate the following into kanndad :
magaLu __________
I want a cup of coffee
avanu __________
What is the rent for your house ?
avaLu __________
Anitha does not want brinjal
avaru __________
What else do you want ?
4.4.3 Model : cikkadu _________ cikkadakke How much is the big pumpkin ?
doDDadu ___________
4.6 Use the following in sentences of your own :
ondu __________
eraDu __________ aydu jaasti kaDime aameele
50/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 6/51

4.7 Answer the following questions : vayassu 'age'

nimage eenu beeku ? saamaanu 'things / articles'
savitana siirege eshTu rupaayi ? savtekaayi 'cucumber'
nimma magaLige habbakke hosa langa beeDvaa ? huraLikaayi 'beans'
nimage sambaLa eshTu ?

5. Vocabulary :
aameele 'after wards'
inneenu 'what else'
eshTu 'how much'
kaDime 'less'
kante 'bundle / bunch'
kottumbari soppu 'coriander leaves'
'greens' (vegetables)
kooLimoTTe 'egg'
jaasti more / too much'
ToomyaaTo 'tomato'
tarkaari 'vegetable'
taaja maalu 'fresh stuff'
badanekaayi 'brinjal'
bele 'cost / price'
habba 'festival'

5.1 Supplementary vocabulary :

kaalu 'leg'
baaLe haNNu 'plantain'
benDekaayi 'lady's finger'

LESSON - 7
1. Dialogue :
Kamala : ivattu eshTanee taariiku ? What is the date today ?
Sheela : ivattu hannondanee
taariiku
Kamala : naaLe hanneraDanee
taariiku, mangaLavaara
namage raja
Sheela : yaake ?
Kamala : naaLe namma kaaleejina
vaarshikootsava
Sheela : mukhya atithi yaaru ?
Kamala : mukhya atithi
Dr. sarvajna
Sheela : nimma kaaleeju
doDDa kaalejaa ?
Kamala : havdu. tumbaa doDDa
kaaleeju
Sheela : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye
eshTu ?
Kamala : vidyaarthigaLa sankhye
ondu saavirada innuuru
Sheela : vidyaarthigaLu eshTu
jana ? vidyaarthiniyaru
eshTu jana ?
Lesson 7/53
Kamala : vidyaarthigaLu enTu Men are eight hundred
nuuru. vidyaarthiniyaru Women are four hundred.
naanuuru
Sheela : adhyaapakaru eshTu What is the strength of
Today is the eleventh jana ? teachers ?
Kamala : naavu adhyaapakaru We are sixty teachers
Tomorrow is twelth aravattu jana
Tuesday. It is a holiday Sheela : adhyaapakiyaru ? Lady teachers ?
for us
Kamala : avaru hattu jana They are ten
Why ?
Sheela : nimma kaaleejinalli How many rooms are there
Tomorrow is the annual eshTu ruumugaLu ive ? in your college ?
day of our college
Kamala : ippattaydu ruumugalu There are twenty five
Who is the chief guest ? ive rooms
The chief guest is
Dr. sarvajna 1.1 Dialogue
Ravi : nimage eshTu jana How many children have
Is your college a big one?
makkalu ? you ?
Ranga : naalku jana Four children
Yes. It is a very big
college Ravi : heNNu makkaLu eshTu How many daughters ?
jana ? gaNDu makkaLu How many sons ?
What is the number of
students ? eshTu jana ?
The number of students is Ranga : gaNDu makkaLu Three sons and one
one thousand two hundred muuvaru. heNNu magaLu daughter
obbaLu
How many men students ?
How many women Ravi : gaNdu makkaLu In which class are the
students ? eshTanee klaasu sons ?
54/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Ranga : modalaneyavanu B.A
modalaneya varsha
ibbaru hayskuulu
magaLu hyskuulu
konee varsha
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 ivattu soomavaara
ivattu ippattondaneya
taariiku
naaLe mangaLavaara
naaLe ippatteraDaneya
taariiku
ninne bhaanuvaara
ninne ippattaneya
taariiku
naaDiddu budhavaara
naaDiddu ippattamuura
neya taariiku
monne Sanivaara
aace naaDiddu guru
vaara
aace naaDiddu ippatta
naalkaneya taariiku
aace monne Sukravaara
The first one is in first aace monne hadineeLa
year B.A. Two are in neya taariiku
high school. The daughter
in the last year of High 2.2 Srii raama daSarathana
school modalaneya maga
lakshmaNa muuraneya
maga
Today is Monday
bharata eraDaneya maga
Today is twenty first (of
the month) 2.3 ivaatu eshTaneya taariiku
Tomorrow is Tuesday nimma magaLu
Tomorrow is twenty eshTaneya klaasu ?
second Srii raama daSarathana
Yesterday was Sunday eshTaneya maga ?
Yesterday was twentieth 2.4 adu ondu pustaka
avu eraDu pustakagaLu
The day after tomorrow is ivu naalku pennugaLu
Wednesday ii aydu naayigaLu
The day after tomorrow is nammavu
twenty third
2.5 avanu obba huDuga
The day before yesterday naavu ibbaru
was Saturday
vidyaarthigaLu
Two days after tomorrow namma maneyalli eraDu
is Thursday bekkugaLu ive.
Two days after tomorrow avaru muuvaru kannaDa
is twenty fourth vidyaarthiniyaru
ivaru naalku jana nanna
Two days before
tammandiru
yesterday was Friday
Lesson 7/55
Two days before yesterday
was seventeenth
Sri Rama was Dasharatha's
first son
Lakshmana was the third
son
Bharata was the second son
What is the date today ?
In which class your
daughter is ?
What (rank) son was Rama
to Dasharatha ?
That is a book
Those are two books
These are four pens
These five dogs are ours
He is a boy
We are two students
There are two cats in our
house
Those three are Kannada
students (fem)
These four are my younger
brothers
56/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
paaNDavaru ayvaru
draupadiya ganDandiru
aydu jana
avaru ibbaru namma
aaLugaLu
2.6 iiga hattu gaNTe
hanneraDu gaNTege
hadinaydu nimisha ide
iiga eraDuuvare gaNTe
hannondu mukkaalu
gaNTege klaasu ide
ninage ombattu
mukkaalu gaNTege
kkafi beekaa ?
3. Key to Learners :
3.1 The basic numerals are further extended by adding -
aneya anee, resulting the numeral adjectives
ondu + aney = ondaneya
hattu + aneya = hattaneya
nuuru + aneya = nuuraneya
eshTu also takes aneya /anee and forms the corresponding
ordinal interrogation
eshTu + aneya = eshTaneya
anee is the colloquial form of aneya
Pandavas were five
members
Draupadi's husbands were
five in number
Those two are our servants.
Now it is ten o' clock
It is fifteen minutes to
twelve
Now, it is half past two
The class is at quarter to
twelve
Do you want coffee at
quarter to ten ?
'first'
'tenth'
'hundredth'
Lesson 7/57
3.2 The plural markers are introduced. There are three plural
markers -andiru, - aru and - gaLu
3.2.1 - andiru is used with relative nouns ending with - a.
anna + andiru = annandiru 'elder brothers'
bhaava + andiru = bhaavandiru 'brothers - in - law'
akka + andiru = akkandiru 'elder sisters'
3.2.2 -aru is used with other human nouns
adhyaapaka + aru = adhyaapakaru 'teachers'
vidyarthini + aru = vidyaarthiniyaru 'girl students'
soase + aru = soseyaru 'daughters - in - law'
3.2.3 -gaLu is used with other neuter nouns
mara + gaLu = maragaLu 'trees'
kurci + gaLu = kurcigaLu 'chairs'
dina + gaLu = dinagaLu 'days'
varsha + gaLu = varshagaLu 'years'
hasu + gaLu = hasugaLu 'cows'
There are few human nouns which take - gaLu as plural marker.
But they are exceptional cases.
manti + gaLu = mantrigaLu 'ministers'
guru + gaLu = gurugaLu 'teachers'
vidyaarthi + gaLu = vidyaarthigaLu 'students'
3.3 naavu 'we' first person plural pronoun
3.4 Note, how the basic numerals change into human
numerals before a human noun
adu ondu mara 'that is a tree'
avanu obba huDuga 'He is a boy'
58/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 7/59

in the same way 4. Exercise :

eraDu > ibbaru 'two persons' 4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words
muuru > muuvaru 'three persons'
naalku > naalvaru 'four persons' 4.1.1 ivattu ____________ taariiku ?
aydu > ayvaru 'five persons' 4.1.2 bhaanuvaara namage ____________
4.1.3 ravige ____________ makkaLu ?
- aru is not added after five. But from three onwards jana
'person' is the frequent use. Thus the form is, 4.1.4 samaarambhada ____________ Dr. paTTanaayak
muuru jana 'three members'
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equivalents of the
hattu jana 'ten members' English words given in the bracket
nuuru jana 'hundred members'
4.2.1 nanage ____________ magaLu (one)
jana is also used with eshTu
4.2. maadhaviya ____________ maga yaava klaasu ? (first)
3.5 Note the use of numerals above thousand 4.2.3 sureeSana maneyalli ________________ ruumugaLu
ondu saavirad nuura hattu ive (fifteen)
'one thousand hundred and ten' 4.2.4 Saalinige ____________ tangiyaru (two)
4.2.5 idu ____________ mane (our)
Here saavira takes the possessive marker - a and when
nuuru is followed by any numeral, the form used is
4.3 Change the following according to the model :
nuura
4.3.1 Model : ondu ---- ondaneya
nuura enTu 'hundred and eight' Change : eraDu ______
saavirada ombynuura nalavatteeLu
eshTu
'One thousand nine hundred and forty seven'
modalu ______
3.6 Srii raama eshTaneya maga ?
4.3.2 Model : vidyaarthi --- vidyaarthigaLu
The literal translation of the above question is not
possible in English. It is a question which anticipates an Change : mantri _______
answer in the forms of an ordinal such as first, second, aaLu _________
etc. It can only be translated as non-existent English aaspatre _______
form ' How manyth ?
mara _________
60/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 7/61

4.3.3 Model : vidyaarthini --- vidyaarthiniyaru 4.6 Answer the following question
Change huDugi _________ 4.6.1 nimma magana / magaLa pariikshe yaavaaga ?
atte ____________ 4.6.2 nimage eshTu jana tangiyaru / tammandiru ?
tangi ___________ 4.6.3 naaLe nimage rajaanaa ?
huDuga _________ 4.6.4 niivu obbanee / obbaLee / magaLaa maganaa ?
adhyaapaka ______
5. Vocabulary :
4.3.4 Model : aNNa _______ aNNandiru ivattu 'today'
change akka _________ gaNDu makkaLu 'sons'
tamma _________ janma dina 'birthday'
bhaava _________ taariiku 'date'
naaLe 'tomorrow'
appa ___________
mangaLavaara 'Tuesday'
4.4 Change into Interrogative using the underlined word mukhya atithi 'chief guest'
4.4.1 ivattu guruvaara raja 'holiday'
4.4.2 naaLe hattanee taariiku vaarshikootsva 'annual day'
4.4.3 nanage naalku jana makkaLu sankhye 'number'
4.4.4 ravige aydu ruupaayi beeku ? heNNu makkaLu 'daughters / girl's
4.4.5 avaLa hesaru Liilaa
4.4.6 adu maalatiya mane 5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
4.4.7 avara maatru bhaashe telugu alla aaLu 'servant'
gaNTe 'hours/time, bell'
4.5 Translate into kannada
guruvaara 'Thursday'
4.5.1 What day is to day ?
4.5.2 My daughter's birthday is on 10th October nimisha 'minute'
4.5.3 We have two houses in Bangalore bekku 'cat'
4.5.4 What is the strength of your class ? budhavaara 'Wednesday'
4.5.5 How many daughters do you have ? bhaanuvaara 'Sunday'
62/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

soomavaara 'Monday' LESSON - 8

Sanivaara 'Saturday'
Sukravaara 'Friday' 1. Dialogue :
BaTTe vyaapaari : eenu beeku saar ? What do you want sir ?
Ramesh : nange SarTige I want cloth for shirts
pyaaNTige baTTe beeku and pants
b.v. : yaaava baTTe beeku Which cloth do you want
saar ? sir ?
Ramesh : SarTige paaliyesTar Ployester for shirts and
pyaaNTige Terivul beeku terriwool for pants
b.v. : SarTige Yaava What colour would you
bannabeku? want for Shirt Sir?
Ramesh : yaava yaava baNNa ide ? What colours do you
have ?
b.v. : kempu, biLi, nilli Red, white, blue, yellow
haLadi ella ide we have all these
Ramesh : kempu beeDa. adu nange I don't want red. I don't
ishTa illa, nilli nange like it. I like blue
ishTa
b.v. : eshTu beeku saar ? How much do you want
sir ?
Ramesh : eraDu miiTar beeku ? I want two meters
b.v. : SarTige eraDu miiTar Two meters isn't enough
saalalla for shirt Sir ?
Ramesh : nanage eraDu miiTar Two meters are enough
saaku for me
64/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 8/65

b.v. : pyaaNTige yava baNNa
beeku saar ?
Ramesh : pyaaNTige kappu beeku
b.v. : biLiidu beeDavaa saar ?
reemaanDs ide
Ramesh : beeDa. kariide beeku
b.v. : sari saar
Ramesh : nimmalli sveTar ilva ?
b.v. : illa saar. namdee
innondu angaDi ide. alli
sveTar ide
Ramesh : nimma aa angaDi elli
ide ?
b.v. : nimage vaasavi klaat
senTar gottaa ?
Ramesh : illa gottilla
b.v. : sangam thiyeeTar
gottaa ?
Ramesh : havdu, gottu
b.v. : adara pakkadalli ide
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 aa biLi SarT yaaradu ?
ii hasiru langa nannadu
Which colour do you
want for pants sir ?
I want black for pants
Don't you want white
one sir ? Raymonds is
available
No. I want black only
Allright sir
Don'g you have sweaters ?
No sir. We have another
shop of our own. We
have sweaters there.
Where is that shop of
yours ?
Do you know Vasavi
Cloth Centre ?
No. I don't know
Do you know Sangam
theatre ?
Yes. I know
It is beside that
Whose that white shirt is ?
This green skirt is mine
ii kempu pennina bele
eshTu ?
nanage kappu karcif
beeDa
raamanige nilli baaNNa
beeku
rajanige haLadi siire ishTa
aa gooDeya baNNa biLi
avara kaarina baNNa teLu
niili
Avana Saykal Kaaduniilii
2.2 ravige kathe pustaka ishTa
rajanige kathe pustaka
ishTa illa
avaLige capaati ishTa illa
nange uppinakaayi ishTa
2.3 nimage liDoo taakiis
gottaa ?
raamanige raavaNa
gottaa ?
lalitanige hindi sinimaa
ishTaana ?
ivarige kannaDa sinimaa
ishTa ilvaa ?
avaLige hattu ruupaayi
beekaa ?
nimage kaafi beeDvaa ?
What is the cost of this red
pen ?
I don't want a black hand
kerchief
Rama wants blue colour
Rajani likes yellow saree
The colour of that wall is
white
The colour of her/his car is
light blue
His cycle is dark blue.
Ravi likes story books
Rajani doesn't like story
books
She doesn't like chapatis
I like pickles
Do you know Lido talkies?
Does Rama know Ravana?
Does Lalitha like Hindi
films ?
Does'nt he/she like
Kannada films ?
Does she want ten rupees ?
Don't you want coffee ?
66/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 8/67

ivarige ardha kap kaafi Is half cup of coffee nanna hattira oLLeya There is a good pen with
saakaa ? enough for him / her ? pennu ide me
naayige ondu kap haalu Isn't a cup of milk enough avara maneyalli There is no clock in his /
saalalvaa ? for the dog ? gaDiyaara illa her house
2.4 nanage maalini gottu I know Malini
avrige raviindra They know Ravindra
3. Key to learners :
kalaaksheetra gottu Kalakshetra 3.1 The basic colour adjectives are :
huDugarige vidhaana The boys know the way to
biLi 'white'
saudhada daari gottu Vidhana Soudha kapu/kari 'black'
kempu 'red'
ivarige hindi gottu He/she knows Hindi
hasiru 'green'
manooharge kannaDa Manohar does'nt know
haLadi 'yellow'
gottilla Kannada
niili 'blue'
nanage prajaavaaNi I don't know the editor of
by adding - adu to the colour adjectives predicative forms
sampaadakaru gottilla Prajavani
can be obtained
2.5 bhiimanige aydu doose Five dosas are enough for biLi + adu = biLiyadu 'white one'
saku Bhima kempu + adu = kempadu 'red one'
kubeerappanige tingaLige Ten rupees will be
hattu ruupaayi saaku sufficient for Kuberappa 3.2 beeku 'want'
for a month ishTa 'like'
nanage dinakke ippatta Twenty four hours a day saaku 'enough'
naalku gaNTe saalalla is not sufficient for me gottu 'know'
avanige tingaLige aynuuru A salary a five hundred are model or defective verbs. These verbs do not take tense
ruupaayi sambaLa saalalla rupees a month is not and personal markers like regular verbs
sufficient for him
beeDa 'do not want'
2.6 aa angaDiyalli akki ide There is rice in that shop. ishTa illa 'do not like'
it angaDiyalli pustaka illa There are no books in this saalalla 'not enough'
shop gottilla 'do not know'
68/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 8/69

are the corresponding negative forms of the above said 4.3 Change the following according to the model :
defective verbs. Note that all these verbs obligatorily take Model : kappu _____ kappadu
dative subject. Change : hasiru __________
nanage tiNDi beeku 'I want tiffin' kempu __________
avaLige hattu ruupaayi 'Ten rupees will not be niili __________
saalalla sufficient for her' biLi __________

3.3 illa negates the verb. Compare this with alla, which 4.4 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word
negates noun. given in the bracket :
ninna hattira pennu ideyaa ? 4.4.1 aa langa ____________ (niili)
illa. nanna hattira pennu illa 4.4.2 ravige namma DayrekTar ____________ ? (gottilla)
adu ninna pennaa ?
4.4.3 ravige eraDee eraDu SarTu ____________ ? (saaku)
alla, adu nanna tammana pennu
4.4.4 nimage siire ____________ ? (beeDa)
4. Exercises : 4.5 Use the following in your own sentences :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words : (1) yaara
4.1.1 nanage _________ baNNa ishTa (2) avaradee
4.1.2 nimage nanna tande _________ ? (3) haLadi
4.1.3 avaLige sangiita tumbaa _________ (4) baTTe
(5) angaDi
4.1.4 nanage ninna sahavaasa khaNDita _________
4.1.5 raajuvige iiga kathe pustaka _________ 4.6 Translate the following sentences into kannada
4.6.1 I don't want blue pen
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the kannada equlivalents of the 4.6.2 Do you like capathi for breakfast ?
English words given in the bracket :
4.6.3 I don't like that dark red cloth
4.2.1 adu ________ siire (green) 4.6.4 I want two packets of biscuits
4.2.2 nanage naanuuru ruupaayi sambaLa ______ (not
enough) 4.7 Answer the following questions
4.2.3 Saaliniya mane sangam Taakiis _______ ide (beside) 4.7.1 nimage yaava baNNada baTTe ishTa ?
4.2.4 sumanige uuTakke eraDu capaati ______ (don't want) 4.7.2 nimage tiNDige capaati ishTaanaa ?
70/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 9/71

4.7.3 nimage uuTakke eshTu capaati beeku ? LESSON - 9

4.7.4 nimage karnaaTakada mukhya mantri gottaa ?
1. Dialogue :
4.7.5 nimage kannaDa sinimaa ishTaanoo hindi sinimaa
ishTaanoo ? Vijaya : suma leeDiis ruuminalli Is suma in the ladies
idaaLaa ? room ?
5. Vocabulary : Shashi : illa, avaLu ruuminalli illa No. She is not in the
kappu / kari 'black' avaLige iiga klaas ide room. She has class. She
kempu 'red' avaLu klaasinalli idaaLe is in the class
niili 'blue Vijaya : ninage iiga klaas ilvaa ? Don't you have class
baTTe 'cloth' now ?
baNNa 'colour'
Shashi : illa. nanage klaas illa. No. I don't I have class
biLi 'white'
muuru gaNTege klaas ide at three o' clock
haLadi 'yellow'
Vijaya : nimma profesar uurinalli Is your professor in
5.1 Supplementary vocabulary : idaaraa ? town ?
akki 'raw rice' Shashi : illa. avaru uurinalli illa No. He is not in town
uppinakaayi 'pickles'
Vijaya : sumaa naalku gaNTege will Suma be in the
uuTa 'meals'
ruuminalli irtaaLaa ? room at four o' clock ?
kaDu niili 'dark blue'
teLu niili 'light blue' Shashi : iralla. naalku gaNTege No she won't. She will
gooDe 'wall' laybrarilli irtaaLe be in the library at four
o' clock
daari 'way/path'
langa 'long skirt' Vijaya : niinu naalku gaNTege will you be in the library
sampaadaka 'editor' laybrariili irtiiyaa ? at four o' clock ?
sahavaasa 'companionship' Shashi : havdu. irtiinii Yes. I will be there
haalu 'milk'
72/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1.1 Dialogue :
Raghava : namaskaara, cennagi
idiiraa ?
Rao : cennagi idiini. nimma
tande maneyalli idaaraa ? at home ?
Raghava : avaru maneyalli illa
angaDiili idaare
Rao : Yaake ? nimma aNNa
uurinalli ilvaa ?
Raghava : ibbaruu allee idaare
Rao : nimma tande maneyalli
yaavaga irtaare ?
saayankaala irtaaraa ?
Raghava : iralla. saayankaala
tooTadalli irtaare
raatri maneyalli irtaarw
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 naanu maysuurinalli idini
naanu iiga hooTelinalli
idiini
naavu aafiisinalli idiivi
nnavu bengaLuurinalli
vaasa idiivi
niinu elli idiiye ?
Hello. are you well ?
Yes I do. Is your father
No. He is not at home
He is in shop
Why ? isn't your elder
brother in town ?
Both are there
When will be your father
at home ? Will he be at
home in the evening ?
No. he won't. He will
be in the farm in the
evening. He will be at
home in the night
2.2 naanu saayankaala
I am in Mysore
I am in a hotel now
We are in the office
We are living in
Bangalore
Where are you ?
niivu yaava biidiyalli
idiiri /
niinu yaava uurinalli idiiye ? In which place are you ?
niivu elli idiiri /
avanu hattanee klaasinalli
idaane
mallikaarjuna maneya
oLage idaane
avaLu haasTelinalli
idaaLe
padma byaankinalli idaaLe
avaru pakkada maneyalli
idaare
nanna tande taayi uurinalli
idare
pustaka meejina meele ide
haNNugaLu maradalli ive
siTiyalli irtiini
naavu naaLe
bengaLuurinalli irtiivi
niinu ivattu madhyaanha
elli irtiiye ?
niivu beligge eNTu
gaNTege elli irtiiri ?
avanu dinaa sanje aydu
gaNTege aaTada mydaana
dalli irtaane
Lesson 9/73
In which street tdo you
live ? (pl+hon.)
Where are you (pl.+hon.)?
He is in tenth class
Mallikarjuna is inside the
House
She is in the hostel
Padma is in the Bank
They are in the house next
door
My father and mother are
in our home town
The book is on the table
The fruits are on the tree
I will be in the city in the
evening
We will be in Bangalore
tomorrow
Where will you be today
afternoon ?
Where will you be in the
morning at eight o' clock ?
He will be in the play-
ground daily at five o'
clock in the evening.
74/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 9/75

avaLu hattu gaNTege She will be in the college avaLu dinaa naalku gaNTege laybrariyalli irtaaLe
kaaleejinalli irtaaLe at ten o' clock
hasu madhyaanha The cow will be in the 3.1.1 When id - the difinite form is used, it won't take my tense
tooTadalli iratte. garden in the afternoon marker. This will be straightaway added to the personal
karugaLu maneyalli The calves will be at marker
irtaave home
The paradigm is given below :
2.3 avanu uurinalli illa He is not in town naanu id - iini naavu id-iivi
aa kaadambari That novel is not in the niinu id-iiye niivu id-iiri
laybrariyalli illa Library avanu id-aane
2.4 naanu naaLe maneyalli I won't be at home avaLu id-aaLe avaru id-aare
iralla tomorrow adu id-e avu iv-e
avaru ishTu hottinalli He/she won't be in the
angaDiyalli iralla shop at this time
3.1.2 Whereas ir - will be first added to -t- which is non past
tense marker, then added to personal marker. Thus
3. Key to learners : obtaining the forms
3.1 The verb iru 'to be' introduced in this lesson. iru plays in naanu ir-t-iini naavu ir-t-iivi
important role as a main verb as well as an auxillary verb. niinu ir-t-iiye niivu ir-t-iiri
iru verb has two bases in Kannada. They are id - and - ir avanu ir-t-aane

id - is used as definite construction, whereas ir - used as avaLu ir-t-aaLe avaru ir-t-aare

indefinite or habitual construction. adu iru-tt-e avu iru-t-ve/ir-t-aave

nanna sneeita maneyalli idaane

Note that in the third person neut. sg. - t - is doubled
In this sentence, the friend's presence at home is definite
3.1.3 illa and iralla are the corresponding negative forms of
nanna sneehite madhyanha maneyalli irtaaLe
id- and ir - respectively
Here irtaaLe is used as an indefinite construction with
There is no person, number or gender distinction made
future proposition. This can also be used as habitual as in in the negative construction.
the following sentence.
76/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 9/77

3.2 alli is the locative case marker which denotes location. 4.4 Change in to negative :
The changes are of the same of possessive case when 4.4.1 kamala amerikaadalli idaaLe
added to the nouns. 4.4.2 nimma aNNa uurinalli idaaraa ?
4.4.3 nanna pustaka ninna hattira ide
4. Exercise : 4.4.4 raamaraayaru ishTu hottinalli klabbinalli irtaaraa ?
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words :
4.5 Use the following words in your own sentences :
4.1.1 _____________ avanu angaDiyaalli idaane
1. beLigge 4. keLage
4.1.2 _____________ namma tande maneyalli irtaare 2. saayankaala 5. uuru
4.1.3 _____________ ishTu hottinalli angaDiyalli irtaane 3. tooTa 6. aaTada maydaana
4.1.4 nanage hattu gaNTege klaasu _____________
4.6 Translate into kannada
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given 4.6.1 At what time will you be at home ?
in the bracket : 4.6.2 Suma won't be there at this time
4.6.3 All the twenty four hours he will be in the club
4.2.1 nimma akka maneyalli __________ ? (iru)
4.6.4 He is not there
4.2.2 kamalana tamma uurinalli __________ ? (iru) 4.6.5 Will you be there at ten o' clock ?
4.2.3 nimma naayi sadaa tooTadalli __________ ? (iralla)
4.7 Answer the following question :
4.2.4 aaspatreyalli DaakTaru __________ ? (illa)
4.7.1 niivu elli vaasa idiiri ?
4.7.2 niivu dinaa saayankaala maneyalli irtiiraa ?
4.3 Match the following :
4.7.3 nimage svanta mane ideyaa ?
1. niinu yaavaaga maneyalli (a) idaare 4.7.4 nimma maneyalli eshTu jana idaare ?
2. sumati iiga aaspatreyalli (b) idaane 4.7.5 nimma uuru yaava raajyada, yaava jilleyalli ide ?
3. avaru heege (c) irtiiye
4. pustaka meejina meele (d) irtiiri 5. Vocabulary :
5. niivu yaavaaga angaDiyalli (e) ide tooTa 'garden'
6. aravindana tamma madaraasinalli (f) idaaLe raatri 'night'
saayankaala 'evening'
78/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

5.1 Supplementary vocabulary : LESSON - 10

oLage 'inside'
1. Dialogue :
karu 'calf'
keLage 'below' Raju : baa ravi, eenu samaachaara ? Com Ravi. What is the
news ?
gaNTe 'hour'
biidi 'street' Ravi : eenuu illa raaju. naavella Nothing Raju. Shall we
mundina vaara piknik go for a picnic next
madhyaanha 'afternoon' hoogooNavva ? week ?
meele 'upon / above'
Raju : aagli. ellige hoogooNa ? Allright. Where shall we
vaasa 'reside / live' go ?
haNNu 'fruit'
Ravi : nandi beTTakke hoogooNa Let us go to Nandi hills
horage 'outside'
Raju : yaaru yaaru bartaare ? Who are all will be
coming ?
Ravi : moohana, goopala bartaare Mohan and Gopal are
coming
Raju : sureeSa baralvaa ? Isn't Suresh coming ?
Ravi : baralla. avanige He won't come. He has
dhaaravaaDadalli kelasa work in Dharwar. He
ide. naaLe hoogtaane goes tomorrow. He
hadinaydu dinada meele comes after fifteen days
bartaane
Raju : manoohara ? Manohar ?
Ravi : avanannu keeLalaa ? Shall I ask him ?
Raju : keeLu. avanuu barali Ask him. Let him also
piknikkige oLLe kampani come. Let us have a
irali good company for the
picnic
80/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
Ravi : keeLtiini. avanu bartaane
Raju : mundina bhaanuvaara
hoogooNa
Ravi : eshTu gaNTege
horaDooNa ?
Raju : beligge enTu gaNTege
horaDooNa
Ravi : tiNdi eenu tagoNDu
hoogooNa ?
Raju : eenaadaruu sari. niinu
sihi tiNDi tagombaa
moohana, goopaala
puLiyoogare tarli. naanu
haNnu tartiini
Ravi ; heege hoogooNa ?
Raju : bassinalli hoogooNa. bassu
tumbaa sigutve
Ravi : naavu ellige barooNa ? bas
sTyaaND hattira
barooNvaa ?
Raju : bas sTyaaND hattira banni
naanu allige bartiini
2. Pattern drill :
2.1 niinu naaLe namma
manege baa
I will ask him. He will
come
Let us go next Sunday
At what time shall we
start ? 2.2
Let us start at eight o'
clock in the morning
What snacks shall we
take ?
Anything is allright. You
bring sweets. Let
Mohana and Gopal 2.3
bring tamarind rice. I
shall bring fruits
How shall we go ?
2.4
Let us go by bus. Buses
are available in plenty
Where shall we come ?
Shall we come to the bus 2.5
stand ?
You come to the bus
stand. I shall come there
2.6
(you.sg.) Come to my
house tomorrow
Lesson 10/81
niinu kaafi KuDi (you. sg) Drink Coffee
niinu ii baaLe haNNu (you.sg) Eat this banana
tinnu
niinu iiga kaaleeJige (you.sg) Go to college
hoogu now
niivu naaLe namma (you. hon. pl.) Come to
manege banni my house tomorrow
niivu kaafi KuDiyiri (you. hon. pl.) Drink
Coffee
niivu ii baaLe haNNu (you. hon. pl.) Eat this
tinni banana
niivu iiga kaaleeJige (you.hon. pl.) Go to
hoogi college now
naanu nimma manege Shall I come to your
naaLe barlaa ? house tomorrow ?
naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? Shall I drink coffee ?
naavu nimma manege Shall we come to your
barooNavaa ? house ?
naavu uurige hoogooNavaa ? Shall we go to home
town ?
naavu naaLe beLigge Let us go to Chamundi
caamunDi beTTakke hill tomorrow morning
hoogooNa
naavu iiga kaafi Let us drink coffee now
kuDiyooNa
avanu madaraasige hoogali Let him go to Madras
rameeSa oLage barali Let Ramesh come in
82/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/83

Kamala haalu kuDiyali Let Kamala drink the kuDi + iri = kuDiyiri 'you (pl. hon.) drink
milk bare + iri = bareyiri 'you (pl. hon.) write
hasu hullu tinnali Let the cow eat the grass
Note the addition of -y -
2.7 naanu sinimaakke bartini I shall come to movie -i is added to all other nouns
naavu dinaa jileebi tintii We eat jileebis everday tinnu + i = tinni 'you (pl. hon.) eat
niinu beLigge kaafi Do you drink coffee in hoogu + i = hoogi 'you (pl. hon.) go
the kuDiitiyaa ? morning ? baa + i = banni 'you (pl. hon.) come
niivu sanje tiNDi tintiiraa ? Do you eat tiffin in the Note that the final -u drops in the above combination.
evening ? baa changes into ban before it takes imperative plural
moohana iiga bartaane Mohan comes now form. taa 'to bring' also behaves like baa. These two verbs
have two bases viz., bar, ban and tar, tan. Observe in the
nanna heNDati avaLa My wife will go to her
coming lessons how these bases are added to higher
taayiya manege hoogtaaLe mother's house
constructions. These forms are also used as honorafic
nanna maava naaLe My father - in - law comes singular forms.
bartaare tomorrow
3.2 Permissive form is obtained by adding - ali to the verb
magu hallu kuDiyatte The child drinks milk root. These forms are operated only with third person
makkaLu hallu kuDiyutve Children drink milk subjects. It is possible with first person singular subject in
interrogative construction. Observe the following
3. Key to learners : examples
3.1 Main verbs are introduced in this lesson. Verb root itself is hoogu + ali = hoogali
used as an imperative, which is always in second person kuDi + ali = kuDiyali
singular form. Observe the following sentences.
avanu hoogali 'let him go'
niinu baa 'you come' avaLu hoogali 'let her go'
niinu hoogu 'you go'
avaru hoogali 'let them go'
The imperative singular forms can be changed into adu hoogali 'let it go'
imperative plural forms by adding -iri or -i , - iri is addeds avu hoogali 'let them go'
to the verbs ending with - i or -e.
84/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/85

naanu ellige hoogali ? 'Where shall I go' ? tenses is nullified. - t - is used as non-past tense marker.
naanu eenu kuDiyali ? 'What shall I drink' ? The future ideas are expressed by adding time aspect to the
non-past tense form
Note that the above sentences with first person singular
subject are in interrogative form making use of naanu kaafi kuDiitiini 'I drink coffee'
interrogative pronouns. It is also possible to have the
interrogative sentences by adding -aa, the interrogative naanu naaLe uurige hoogtiini 'I will go to my
suffix, thus obtaining the meaning - 'may I ..........'. - al - native place
will be addid to verb root as infinitive marker and then - tomorrow'
aa is added. The structure of non - past tense is
verb root + non-past tense + pronminal
naanu uurige hoogalaa ? 'may I go to home town' ?
termination
naanu kaafi kuDiyalaa ? 'may I drink coffee ?
hoogu + t + iini = hoogtiini
3.3 'Let us go' type of structure (which is known as hortative
form) is obtained in Kannada by adding - ooNa to the verb The subject and the predicate agreement in verbal
root in first person plural subject construction is strictly maintained in Kannada

hoogu + ooNa = hoogooNa 'let us go' Observe the following paradigm

tinnu + ooNa = tinnoNa 'let us eat' naanu hoog - t - iini naavu hoog - t -iivi
(hoogutteene) (hoogutteeve)
kuDi + ooNa = kuDiyooNa 'let us drink'
tar + ooNa = tarooNa 'let us bring' niinu hoog - t - iiye niivu hoog - t - iiri
(hooguttiiye) (Hooguttiiri)
When the iterrogative suffix - aa is added to hortative avanu hoog-t-aane avaru hoog-t-aare
form, -v- is added as an addition (hooguttaane) (hooguttaare)
hoogooNa + aa = hoogooNavaa ? 'shall we go ?' avaLu hoog-t-aaLe
barooNa + aa = barooNavaa ? 'shall we come ?' (hooguttaaLe)

3.4 Non-past tense marker - t - is introduced with main verbs. adu hoogu-tt - e / hoog - t - ade avu hoog - t - ave /
Strictly speaking there is no present tense marker in hooga - t - ve
Kannada. Traditonal grammars describe -t- as present (hooguttade) (hooguttave)
tense marker and -v- as future tense marker. However in
modern spoken Kannada the difference between these two The forms given in paranthesis are standard written forms
86/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/87

3.1.5 The non-past negation is obtained by adding alla to the 4.3 Interrogate
verb root 4.3.1 havdu. idu pustaka
tinnu + alla = tinnalla 'do not eat' 4.3.2 aagaLi. hoogooNa
kuDi + alla = kudiyalla 'do not drink'
4.3.3 illa. raaju baralla
There is no number, gender distinction in negative 4.3.4 havdu. bassu eNTu gaNTege horaDatte
construction.
4.4 Change the form according to the model
3.1.6 The accusative (objective case) marker - annu/anna is 4.4.1 Model : avanu + annu = avanannu
also introduced in this lesson. Accusative case marker is Change : ivanu _______
mostly optional with neuter nouns. It is obligatorily used
avaLu _______
with human nouns and plural nouns.
adu _________
kaaDu _______
4. Exercise bassu ________
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words
4.1.1 ______ bhaanuvaara bengaLuurige hoogooNa 4.4.2 Model : mara + annu = maravannu
4.1.2 naanu _________ tarali ? Change : pustaka _______
hanNa ________
4.1.3 _________ bas sTyaaND hattira banni
dina __________
4.1.4 _________ beLigge kaafi kudiitaane
4.1.5 siitaa naaLe uurige _________ 4.4.3 Model : mane + annu = maneyannu
Change : naayi _________
4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the word given kathe _________
in the bracket
siite __________
4.2.1 ayyoo. naanu eenu ____________ ? (maaDu) ravi __________
4.2.2 paapa. avanu manege ___________ (hoogu)
4.2.3 naavu uurige eshTu gaNTege ______ ? (horaDu) 4.5 Use the following verbs with non - past tense markers in
all persons
4.2.4 sandhya yaavaaga amerikaakke ______ ? (hoogu)
1. baru 2. horaDu 3. tinnu
4.2.5 niivu naaLe namma manege ___________ (baa)
4. keeLu 5. kuDi
88/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 10/89

4.6 Translate into kannada sihi tiNDi 'sweets'

4.6.1 I listen to music over the radio ? horaDu 'to start'
4.6.2 Who will come with you ? hoogu 'to go'
4.6.3 What shall I bring for you ?
4.6.4 Let him go to a movie 5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
4.6.5 Please, take this coffee iiga 'now'
4.6.6 Shall we go to Mangalore today ? kuDi 'to drink'
tinnu 'to eat'
4.7 Answer the following questions hullu 'grass'
4.7.1 niivu ivattu saayankaala ellige hoogtiiri ?
4.7.2 niivu yaava kelasa maaDtiiri ?
4.7.3 niivu ivattu sanje sinimaake hoogtiiraa ?
4.7.4 rajaa dinadalli nimma manege sneehitaru bartaaraa ?
4.75 niivu beligge eshTu ganTege tinDi tintiiri ?

5. Vocabulary :
keLu 'to ask / to listen'
togoNDu hoogu 'to carry'
tagombaa 'to bring'
tiNDi 'snacks' / 'breakfast'
nandi beTTa 'Nandi hills'
puLiyoogare 'tamarind rice'
baa 'to come'
mundina vaara 'next week'
sigu 'to be available'
90/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¥ÁoÀ - 11
1. Dialogue :
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÄ zsÁgÀªÁqÀPÉÌ
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt
M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆÃ, gÉÊ¯ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt
M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÉÆà ?
ªÀÄÆwð : §¸ï ¥ÀæAiÀiÁtQÌAvÀ gÉʯï
¥ÀæAiÀiÁt M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ.
§¹ìVAvÀ gÉÊ°UÉ bÁdÄð
PÀrªÉÄ. §¹ì£À°è
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : gÉʯï AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀiÁUÀð
ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ?
ªÀÄÆwð : CgÀ¹ÃPÉgÉ ªÀiÁUÀð ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CzÀÄ MAzÉà ªÀiÁUÁð£Á ?
ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ï ªÀiÁUÁð£ÀÆ
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ºÀwÛgÀ ?
ªÀÄÆwð : UÀÄAvÀPÀ¯ïVAvÀ CgÀ¹ÃPÀgÉ
ªÀiÁUÁð£Éà ºÀwÛ
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zsÁgÀªÁqÀ JgÀqÀÆ
ºÀwÛgÀ EªÉAiÀiÁ ?
Lesson 11/91
ªÀÄÆwð : ºËzÀÄ. CªÉgÀqÀÆ CªÀ½ Yes. They are twin
£ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ. cities
I have to go to ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ºÀħâ½î zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà Is Hubli or Dharwar
Dharwar. is the bus zsÁgÀªÁqÀ zÉÆqÀØzÉÆà ? bigger ?
journey or train jour
ªÀÄÆwð : zsÁgÀªÁqÀQÌAvÀ ºÀħâ½î Hubli is bigger than
ney better ?
zÉÆqÀØzÀÄ Dharwar
Train journey is better
than bus journey. The ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ ? Which one comes first ?
train fare is less than ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀħâ½î ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¹UÀÄvÉÛ Hubli comes first
the bus fare. Don't go
by bus. ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : QvÀÆÛgÀÄ JPïì¥Éæ¹ì£À°è Can one go quickly in
¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÁ ? the Kittor express ?
Which way does the
train go ? ªÀÄÆwð : ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. C°è Yes. Where do you
J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ? have to go there ?
It goes via Arasikere
Is that the only route ? ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀÄƤªÀ¹ðnUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ I have to go to the
gÉʯÉé ¸ÉÖõÀ£À°è DmÉÆà University. Are autos
One can go via ¹UÀÄvÁé ? availabel at the railway
Guntakal also station ?
Which one is shorter ? ªÀÄÆwð : ¹UÀÄvÉé. DzÀgÉ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è Yes the are. But
ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ don't go by auto
The Arasikere route is
shorter than the §¸ï ¹UÀÄvÉé. §¹ì£À°è Plenty of busses are
Guntakal route ºÉÆÃV available. Go by bus
Are Hubli and ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À ¸ÉÆêÀĪÁgÀPÉÌ Is a seat available for
Dharwar close to each gÉÊ°£À°è ¹Ãmï ¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ? next Monday ?
other ?
92/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ªÀÄÆwð : PÀµÀÖ. MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ ªÉÆzÀ¯ÉÃ
j¸Àªïð ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. EµÀÄÖ
vÀqÀ ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ
2. Pattern drill
2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ
aPÀÌzÀÄ.
gÁªÀĤVAvÀ gÁªÀt
zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á°.
±Á°¤VAvÀ ªÀiÁ°¤ aPÀ̪À¼ÀÄ
CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£ÀVAvÀ JvÀÛgÀ
D ¥ÀPÀëQÌAvÀ F ¥ÀPÀë M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ
¸ÉêÀAwUÉ ºÀÆVAvÀ UÀįÁ©
ºÀÆ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ
gÀA¨sÉVAvÀ ªÉÄãÀPÉ §ºÀ¼À
¸ÀÄAzÀj
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjVAvÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ
2.2 £Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
Difficult. It has to be
reserved one week
earlier. You shouldn't
delay things this much.
Mysore is smaller than
Bangalore
Ravana is braver than
Rama
Malini is younger/
smaller than Shalini
He is taller than me
This party is better
than that party.
A rose is more beautiful
than a cryasnthemum
Menaka is more
beautiful than Rambha
Mysore is a more
beautiful city than
Bangalore
2.
I have to go to my
home town
Lesson 11/93
¤ÃªÀÅ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä You have to give me
PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ten rupees
¥Àæw¢£Á ¨É½UÉÎ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï One must read the
NzÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ newspapers every
morning
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è J®ègÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ Everyone in Karnataka
PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ should learn kannada
2.3 ¤Ã£ÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ (You) Don't do that
(deed)
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉZÀÄÑ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀĨÉÃr (You) Don't drink too
much coffee
2.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ M¼ÀUÉ §gÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ You may come in
CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ He may go to Madras
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. tomorrow.
2.5 zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ One shouldn't smoke
¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¨ÉÊAiÀÄPÀÆqÀzÀÄ You shouldn't scold
him
ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¹¤ªÀiÁ Children shouldn't see
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ movies everyday
¤Ã£ÀÄ D ºÀÄrVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß You shouldn't see that
£ÉÆÃqÀPÀÆqÀzÀÄ. girl.
Key to learners :
3.1 - inta is the comparitive marker. It is used to
compare two subjects or objects. Kannada has no
distinction of degrees in adjective itself unlike.
94/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/95

English. Only intensifiers like 'bahaLa', 'tumba' 'tiira', are avanu naaLe barabahudu He may come
used to indicate the superlative degree. - inta is always tomorrow.
used with dative subject.
There are two prohibitive forms viz., - baaradu, and
nanage kannaDa sinimakkinta hindi sinimaa ishTa. kuuDadu, The later one is used as strong prohibition.
bengaLuuriginta kalkatta doDDa nagara.
adkhikaarigaLu lanca tegedukoLLa baaradu
3.2 Definitive, permissive and prohibitive forms of the verbs Officers should not take bribe
also introduced.
makkaLu sigareeT seeda kuuDadu
definitive forms are obtained by adding 'beeku' 'beeDa', to Children shouldn't smoke
the main verbs. 'beeDa', is added to only second person.
Wheas 'beeku', can be added to all persons.
4. Exercise
niinu ivattu uurige hooga beeDa Dont go to home 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the suitable words :
town today 4.1.1 ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï ¹PÀAzÀgÁ¨Ázï JgÀqÀÆ ______ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
niivu namma manege bara beeDi (You pl/hon.) 4.1.2 gÉ樀 ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï ____________ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ.
don't come to
4.1.3 _________ ¨sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
our house
4.1.4 JPïì¥Éæ¸ï §¹ì£À°è __________ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
naanu bahaLa beega hoogabeku I have to go
soon
niinu aa pustaka ooda beeku You have to read 4.2 Combine the following sentences using the comparitive
that book marker :
4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ zÉÆqÀØ ¥ÀlÖt
avanu hattu ruupayi koDa beeku He has to give
ten rupees. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ aPÀÌ ¥ÀlÖt
permissive forms of the verbs are obtained by adding - 4.2.2 gÁªÀĤUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀð
bahudu to the main verbs. Although this is called ®PÀëöät¤UÉ ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ ªÀµÀð
perrmissive, it can also denotes probability.
4.2.3 F ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ
niinu nanna jate barabahudu You may come D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉlÖzÀÄ
with me
naanu sanje ninage sigabahadu I may meet you 4.2.4 PÀªÀÄ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj
in the evening. «ªÀÄ® vÀÄA¨Á ¸ÀÄAzÀj
96/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 11/97

4.3 Use the following words in your own sentences : UÀįÁ© 'rose'
¨ÉÃPÁzÀµÀÄÖ, ¨ÉÃUÀ, ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt, ªÀiÁUÀð, ªÉÆzÀ®Ä, PÀrªÉÄ zsÀƪÀÄ¥Á£À 'smoking'

4.4 Translate into Kannada : zsÉÊAiÀÄð±Á° 'brave person'

4.4.1 Mysore is smaller than Bangalore ¥ÀPÀë 'party'
4.4.2 Train journey is more comfortable than bus journey ¨ÉÊAiÀÄÄ 'to scold'
4.4.3 She is taller than me
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀ 'beautiful (N)'
4.4.4 You may go now
4.4.5 Please, don't talk to me ¸ÀÄAzÀj 'beautiful women'
4.4.6 I have to go to Delhi next week ¸ÉêÀAwUÉ 'crysanthemum'
4.4.7 You should not smoke ºÀÆ 'flower'
4.4.8 He shouldn't do that work

4.5 Answer the following questions

4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?
4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£É a£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ ?
4.5.3 ¤ªÀÄVAvÀ ¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä / vÀAVãÉà JvÀÛgÁ£Á ?
4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀPÀÆqÀzÁ ?

5. Vocabulary
CªÀ½ £ÀUÀgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ 'twin cities'
ZÁdÄð 'fare'
vÀqÀ 'late'
¥ÀæAiÀiÁt 'journey'
¨ÉÃUÀ 'early/quickly'
ªÀiÁUÀð 'route/via'

4.1 Supplementary vocabulary :

JvÀÛgÀ 'tall'
PÀ° 'to learn'
 Lesson 12/99

¥ÁoÀ - 12 ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À practise to speak. By

ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. CzÀÄ doing that they can get
1. Dialogue : ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è through.
¸ÀÄgÉñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgÀ, PÀtÚ£ïUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ When is the Kannada ¥Á¸ÁUÀ§®ègÀÄ
¥ÀjÃPÉë AiÀiÁªÁUÀ ? examination for
Manohar and Kannan ? gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ. PÀtÚ£ï Yes. kannan has no
¥Á¸ÁUÉÆÃzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À doubt of passing the
gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄÄA¢£À wAUÀ¼ÀÄ Next month
E®è. ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïzÉà examination. Only
¸ÀÄgÉñï : F ¸Áj£ÁzÀÄæ ¥Á¸ï Will they get through C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À Manohar has doubts
ªÀiÁqÁÛgÁ ? this time atleast ?
¸ÀÄgÉñï : AiÀiÁPÉ ? CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV Why doesn't he try
gÀªÉÄñï : K£ï ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉÆà UÉÆwÛ®è No idea as to what they ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀ®èªÁ ? properly ?
will do
¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀjUÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ, Do they know to speak gÀªÉÄñï : ¥ÀqÀ®è. CzÉà vÉÆAzÀgÉ He soesn't. That is the
§gÉAiÉÆÃzÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀÄvÁÛ ? and write well ? problem

gÀªÉÄñï : ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgïUÉ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉÌ Manohar knows well to ¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. He should be told
ZÉ£ÁßV §gÀvÉÛ. §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ speak. He doesn't know gÀªÉÄñï : CzɯÁè ºÉüÉÆÃzÀ®è. CªÀ¤UÉà These things can't be
§gÀ®è to write. CxÀð DUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ told. He must under
¸ÀÄgÉñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ He goes for tuition to stand it himself.
lÆåµÀ£ïUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É learn kannada
2. Pattern drill :
gÀªÉÄñï : ºÉÆÃUÁÛ£É CµÉÖ He goes, that is all
2.1 £À£ÀUÉ PÀxÉ PÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ EµÀÖ. I like listening to stories
¸ÀÄgÉñï : PÀtÚ£ï ? Kannan ? ºÀÄqÀÄUÀjUÉ §Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ ºÉüÉÆÃzÀÄ It is easy to advise
gÀªÉÄñï : CªÀ£ÀÄ §gÉAiÀħ®è. DzÀgÉ He can write, but can't ¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ youngsters
ªÀiÁvÁqÀ¯ÁgÀ speak
HlzÀ ªÀÄzsÉå ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ It is unhealthy to drink
¸ÀÄgÉñï : M§â §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß C¨sÁå¸À One has to practise to C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå water in the middle of a
ªÀiÁqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. E£ÉÆߧâ write. The other has to meal
100/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¤Ã£ÀÄ §gÉAiÉÆÃzÀ£Àß £Á£ÀÄ
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀ£Àß AiÀiÁgÀÄ
PÉüÁÛgÉ ?
PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÉÆÃzÀjAzÀ ¯Á¨sÀ EzÉ
PÉlÖ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀjAzÀ
vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ
CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ
ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ
CªÀ¼ÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
vÀAiÀiÁgÀÄ
¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è vÀqÀ
DUÀÄvÉÛ
CªÀ£ÀÄ zɺÀ°¬ÄAzÀ ¸Éélgï
vÀgÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ°è C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À E®è
¸ÀÄgÉñÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ
ªÀÄÄAzÉ EªÀ£ÉãÀÄ ?
2.2 D ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrAiÉÆÃzÀ®è
¤ªÀÄäAxÀªÀgÀÄ CAxÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ
NzÉÆÃzÀ®è.
I should see what you
write
Who will listen to her 2.3
talk ?
There is advantage in
learning Kannada
One gets headache by
seeing bad films
They go to hotel to eat
meals
She is ready to quarrel
There will be a delay
in going to the bank
There is no doubt about
his bringing sweaters
from Delhi
(Rhetorical question
implying) In speaking
kannada he is nothing 2.4
when compared to
Suresh
That water is not fit to
drink
Persons like you should
not read such books. 2.5
CªÀgÀÄ EAxÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÉÆÃzÀ®è
£Á£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ Q¯ÉÆëÄÃlgï NqÀ
§¯Éè
£ÁªÀÅ »A¢ ZÉ£ÁßV §gÉAiÀħ¯ÉèªÀÅ
¤Ã£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ Erè w£Àߧ¯ÉèAiÀiÁ ?
¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ
§gÀ§°ègÁ ?
gÀªÉÄñï ZÉ£ÁßV ºÁqÀ§®è
PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï
§gÀ§®è¼ÀÄ
CªÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV UÀ¯ÁmÉ ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ
F ¸ÀÆÌlgï M¼Éî ¸À«ð¸ï
PÉÆqÀ§®èzÀÄ
¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ ºÁ®£ÀÄß
PÉÆqÀ§®èªÀÅ
£Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ¯ÁqÀÄ w£À߯ÁgÉ
¤Ã£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ¸Á«gÀ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä
PÉÆqÀ¯ÁgÉAiÀiÁ ?
D ¥ÀwæPÉ vÀÄA¨Á ¢£À
G½AiÀįÁgÀzÀÄ
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛ£É
Lesson 12/101
They shouldn't do such
a thing.
I can run a kilometer
We can write Hindi well
Can you eat ten idlis ?
Can you come at six o'
clock in the morning ?
Ramesh can sing well
Kamala can get a rank
in the examination
They can make a lot of
noise
This scooter can give
good service
Hybrid cows can give
more milk
I can't eat ten laddus
Can't you give them a
thousand rupees ?
That news paper can't
last very long
He struggles a lot to
speak Kannada
102/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/103

§qÀªÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ Poor people suffer a lot keeLoodalla 'not to be listened'
maaDoodalla 'not to be done'
²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À ¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ The rich enjoy
themselves a lot Verbal noun with comparative marker - inta gives the
meaning 'instead' or 'rather than'
3. Key to learners : aa sinima nooDoodakkinta summaniroodu oLLeyadu
3.1 Gerundial or verbal nouns are obtained by adding 'Instead of seeing that film, it is better to be quiet'.
'vudu/oodu' to the verbs. It is equivalent to - ing in
English. It functions as noun as well as adjective. 3.2 bal - and aar - are the positive and negative potential
tinnuvudu / tinnoodu 'eating' markers respectively.
maaDuvudu / maaDoodu 'doing' After adding these markers to personal markers, they are
used in the compound construction with the infinitive
After the verbs are transformed into nouns by adding form of the main verbs.
'vudu / oodu'. the case markers can be added.
tinna - bal - e = tinnaballe 'I can eat'
cennaagi uuTa maaDuvudannu kali
tinna - laar - e = tinnalaare 'I can't eat'
Learn to eat well
JagaLa maaDuvudarida kelsa aagutte Note how they are used with all personal nouns.
The work will be get done by quarrelling naanu maaDaballe naavu maDaballevu
kaafi kuDiyuvudakke hooTelige hoogi maaDalaare maaDalaarevu
Go to hotel to drik coffee niinu maaDaballe niivu maaDaballiri
maaDalaare maaDalaariri
nritya nooDuvudaralli nanage aasakti illa
I have no interest in seeing the dance avanu maaDaballa
maaDalaara
Note that - alu can be substituted for the dative case
marker in verbal noun construction avaLu maaDaballaLu avaru maaDaballaru
maaDalaaraLu maaDalaararu
avanu' kaafi kuDiyalu hooTelige hoogtaane
adu maaDaballadu avu maaDaballavu
He goes to hotel to drink coffee
maaDalaaradu maaDalaaravu
The negative verbal noun is obtained by the addition of
'alla' to the verbal noun, and it is used only as a part of 'balla' is also has another meaning 'to know' in
predicate. independent position.
104/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/105

3.3 - inda in Kannada is instrumental as well as ablative case. 4.2 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the words
Although - inda is a homophonus form. given in the bracket :
functionally it maintains the distinction. Observe the 4.2.1 CªÀ¼ÀÄ __________ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ ? (ºÁqÀÄ)
following sentences.
4.2.2 CªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀÄ __________ PÀµÀÖ (PÉüÀÄ)
avanu pennininda bariitaane 4.2.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ _________ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)
'He writes with pen'
4.2.4 D ¤ÃgÀÄ ________ (PÀÄr)
avanu aafisige haasTelininda bartaane
'He comes from hostel to office' 4.3 Transform into negative sentences :
In the above sentences, first one is instrumental and the 4.3.1 CªÀgÀÄ D PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§®ègÀÄ
second one is ablative. 4.3.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ FUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ¨ÉÃPÁ ?
Instrumental denotes the accomplishment of the action 4.3.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
with an instrument.
4.3.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉÃzÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
Ablative denotes the source from which action began.
4.3.5 D ºÀtÄÚ w£ÉÆßÃzÀÄ
3.4 paDu 'to feel' is used with nouns like kashTa, sukha,
dukha, santoosha etc. (nouns expressing feelings.) , thus 4.4 Combine the following and use them is your own
getting the compound verbs like, kashTapaDu, sukha sentences :
paDu. dukha paDu 4.4.1 ªÀÄgÀ + C£ÀÄß = __________
PÁgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
4. Exercise : £Á£ÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words : CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ + C£ÀÄß = __________
4.1.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ _____________ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ ?
4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á ___________ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §gÁÛ£É 4.4.2 ªÀÄ£É + EAzÀ = __________
ªÀÄgÀ + EAzÀ = __________
4.1.3 CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£É E°èUÉ §ºÀ¼À ___________
HgÀÄ + EAzÀ = __________
4.1.4 ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è gÁåAPï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀPÉÌ _________ ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
¸ÉßûvÀ + EAzÀ = __________
106/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 12/107

4.4.3 ªÀÄÆgÀÄ + dative case = __________ 5. Vocabulary :

CªÀ£ÀÄ + dative case = __________ CxÀð DUÀÄ 'to understand'
¥É£ÀÄß + dative case = __________ C£ÀĪÀiÁ£À 'doubt'
CzÀÄ + dative case = __________ F ¸Áj 'this time'
£Á¬Ä + dative case = __________ vÉÆAzÀgÉ 'trouble'
4.4.4 ¹n + C°è = __________ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀߥÀqÀÄ 'to try'
PÀxÉ + C°è = __________ ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄ 'to speak'
PÁqÀÄ + C°è = __________
EzÀÄ + C°è = __________
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
4.5 Transform the following verbs into Gerundial forms. Add
C£ÁgÉÆÃUÀå 'ill health'
all the case markers and use them in your own sentences :
G½ 'to remain / to stay'
ªÀiÁqÀÄ, PÉüÀÄ, ¹UÀÄ, §gÀÄ
Hl 'meals'
4.6 Translate into Kannada :
NzÀÄ 'to read'
4.6.1 Savita can drink ten cups of coffee
4.6.2 Who asked you to come here ? NqÀÄ 'to run'
4.6.3 He cannot do that work PÀµÀÖ¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer / try hard'
4.6.4 Can you sing a song ?
UÀ¯ÁmÉ 'noise '
4.6.5 He is going to the hotel to eat a meal
4.6.6 One should not speak like that dUÀ¼À 'quarrel'
vÀ¯É £ÉÆêÀÅ 'head ache'
4.7 Answer the following questions : zÀÄBR¥ÀqÀÄ 'suffer'
4.7.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ©qÀ¯ÁjgÁ ? ¤ÃgÀÄ 'water'
4.7.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ / ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §gÀÄvÁÛ ?
¥ÀwæPÉ 'paper/magazine'
4.7.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ K£ÁzÀgÀÆ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀ§°ègÁ ?
§Ä¢ÝªÁzÀ 'advice'
4.4.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¢£Á ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÉÄÊ° NqÀ§°ègÁ ?
108/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/109

ªÀÄzsÉå 'middle / centre' ¥ÁoÀ - 13

¯Á¨sÀ 'advantage / profit'
1. Dialogue :
¹ÃªÉÄ ºÀ¸ÀÄ 'hybrid cow' ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ FUÀ®Æ Is Mysore Dasara still
¸ÀÄR ¥ÀqÀÄ 'enjoy' DZÀgÀuÉAiÀÄ°è EzÉAiÀiÁ ? celebrated ?
¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ 'easy'
gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ, FUÀ £ÁqÀºÀ§âªÁV Yes. It is now celebrated
ºÁqÀÄ 'song/sing' DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ as a state festival
ºÁ®Ä 'milk'
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? Who celebrates it ?
ºÉüÀÄ 'to say'
gÀªÉÄñï : PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ The karanataka goven-
vÁªÉà DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ment celebrates it

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdªÀA±ÀzÀªÀgÀÄ Don't the descendents of

DZÀj¸À¯Áé ? the Mysore king
celebrate it ?
gÀªÉÄñï : CªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è They celebrate it at
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. CµÉÖ home. That is all

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À For how many days

DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? government celebrates it ?

gÀªÉÄñï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ They celebrate if for

nine days
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : MA§vÀÄÛ ¢£À K£ÀÄ What do they do for
ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? nine days ?

gÀªÉÄñï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¢£Á ¸ÀAVÃvÀ They arrange musical

PÀZÉÃj K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ. F concerts daily in the
PÀZÉÃjUÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ palace. They invite
110/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/111

¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀ PÀgɸÁÛgÉ. famous musicians to D£É ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ day. Afterwards it (the
zÀ¸ÀgÁ QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ £ÀqɸÁÛgÉ these concerts. They ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ. ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è idol) is taken on
conduct Dasara sports. ¨ÉÃgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ elephant back in
«±ÉõÀUÀ¼ÀÄ EgÀÄvÉé. procession. The
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£Á£ÀÆ EgÀÄvÀÛ ? Will there be an specialities of different
exhibition too ? districts will also be there
gÀªÉÄñï : ºËzÀÄ. ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À Yes. The exhibition is in the procession.
zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ MAzÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå one of the main
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ J°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ ? Where does the
DPÀµÀðuÉ. ªÉÆzÀ®£Éà attractions of Dasara.
¢£Á£Éà CzÀ£Àß It will be inaugurated procession go ?
GzÁÏn¹¸ÁÛgÉ. on the first day itself.
gÀªÉÄñï : CzÀÄ §¤ß ªÀÄAl¥ÀPÉÌ It goes to the
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : CgÀªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ Will there be illumination ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÉÛ. C°è ¸ÀAeÉ Bannimantap. There will
EgÀÄvÁÛ ? of the place ? mÁZïð¯ÉÊmï ¥ÉÀgÉÃqï be a torch light parade
EgÀÄvÉÛ. C°è «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ in the evening. Students,
gÀªÉÄñï : EgÀvÉÛ. CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß Yes. They decorate the ¥ÉÆðù£ÀªÀgÀÄ, ºÉÆÃA Police, Homegaurds
«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ palace with electric UÁqïðUÀ¼ÀÄ ««zsÀ provide entertainment
C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. £ÀUÀgÀzÀ lights. The main streets ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAeÉ£À ¤ÃqÁÛgÉ there.
ªÀÄÄRå ©Ã¢UÀ¼À£ÀÄß of the city are also
«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ decorated with electric ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : £Á£ÀÆ MAzÀÄ ¸Áj I should also see it once
C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ lights. £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ What is the main
2. Pattern drill :
AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? attraction of Dasara ?
2.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â The Ugadi festival is
gÀªÉÄñï : dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj. «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«Ä The elephant parade DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ. celebrated in Karnataka
¢£ÀzÀ ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ The procession of the «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ ªÀÄÄAzÉ The statue of Ambedkar
Vijayadashami day ? CA¨ÉÃqÀÌgï ¥ÀæwªÉÄ will be erected in front
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : DªÀvÀÄÛ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ ? What do they do on that ¥ÀæwµÁצ¸ÁÛgÉ of Vidhana Soudha
day ?
CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß «zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥ÀUÀ½AzÀ The palace will be
gÀªÉÄñï : DªÀvÀÄÛ ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ£ÀÄß They worship C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ illuminated with electric
¥ÀÆf¸ÁÛgÉ. DªÉÄÃ¯É CzÀ£Àß Bhuvaneswari on that bulbs.
112/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
£Á£ÀÄ ¢£Á gÁwæ PÀ£ÀªÀj¹Ûä
£ÁªÀÅ EAVèö¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ
¨sÁµÁAvÀj¹Ûë.
CªÀgÀÄ gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è EªÀvÀÄÛ
¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÀnAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ
2.2 gÁªÀÄgÁªï ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°¸ÁÛgÉ
vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¸ÁÛ¼É
£ÁªÀÅ CªÀ¤AzÀ ¸ÀvÀå ºÉý¹Ûë
CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ
vÉÆÃj¸ÁÛgÉ
CªÀgÀÄ UÀÆAqÁUÀ½AzÀ £À£ÀߣÀÄß
ºÉÆqɸÁÛgÉ
gÀªÀiÁ vÀ£Àß vÀAVAiÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨Áa¸ÁÛ¼É
2.3 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ¸ÀgÉÆÃf¤¬ÄAzÀ
ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹¸ÁÛ¼É
£Á£ÀÄ £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ £À£Àß
vÀªÀÄä¤AzÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ
vÉÆÃj¹¹Ûä
Lesson 13/113
Every night I talk in 2.4 vÁªÀÅ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? Who are you (extra hon)?
dream
2.4 vÀªÀÄä ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ? What is your Name ?
We translate from (May I know your
English to Kannada name?)
They will interview a 2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß PÉ®¸À vÁ£Éà ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É He does his work himself
film actress on the radio
today. ¸ÀPÁðgÀzÀªÀgÀÄ vÁªÉà zÀ¸ÀgÁ The government itself
DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ celebrates Dasara
Rama Rao teaches music
Mother feeds milk 2.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è GUÁ¢ ºÀ§â Ugadi festival is celeb-
to the baby DZÀgÀuÉ ªÀÄqÁÛgÉ rated in Karnataka
We will make him to
utter the truth CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ He worships God daily.
They will show us a new
PÀªÀÄ® £À£ÀߣÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É Kamala imitates me
car
They will have beaten
me by hoodlums 3. Key to learners :
3.1 - isu in kannada has two functions. (1) as verbaliser. (2) as
Rama will get her causative. It functions as verbaliser when added to
younger sisters hair borrowed nouns and as a causative, when added to native
combed. verbs.
Mother gets the baby 3.2 The function of verbaliser is to change a noun into a verb.
fed with milk by By adding __ isu to the loan words from Sanskrit and Urdu,
sarojini verbs can be derived. This is now being extended to the
nouns borrowed from English also.
I will have my friend
shown round Bangalore
by my younger brother.
114/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/115

Sanskrit nouns : naanu avaninda aa kelasa maaDistiini

priiti + isu = priitisu 'to love' 'I will get that work done by him'
dukha + isu = dukhisu 'go grieve'
anveeshaNe + isu = anveeshisu 'to search' avaLu avaninda kaagada bareyistaaLe
aacaraNe + isu = aacarisu 'to celebrate' 'She gets the letter written by him'
alankaara + isu = alankarisu 'to decorate' In the above sentences isu is added to the verbs maaDu and bare.
SooshaNe + isu = Sooshisu 'to exploit' Both of these verbs are transitive verbs. They take objects
eerpaaDu + isu = eerpaDisu 'to arrange' 'kelasa' and 'kaagada' respectively
Urdu nouns : naanu ooDtiini 'I run'
jamaavaNe + isu = jamaayisu 'to muster' naanu malgtiini 'I sleep'
cunaavaNe + isu = cunaayisu 'to elect'
In the above sentences 'ooDu' and 'malagu' are intintransitive
English Nouns : verbs. They do not take objects. However by adding - isu they
foon + isu = foonisu can be converted into transitive.
Tayp + isu = Taypisu naanu avanannu ooDistiini
'I make him run'
Note that the above mouns can also be changed into verbs by
compounding them with 'maaDu' avaLu maguvaanu malagistaaLe
Priiti maaDu 'she puts the baby to sleep'
alankaara maaDu Here ooDu and malagu are added to - isu and becomes transitive
eerpaadu maaDu verbs. Some of the transitive verbs have an inherent -isu. They
jamaavane maaDu also take - isu and form the causative meaning.
cunaavane maaDu
naanu avarige karnaaTaka tooristiini . (Transitive)
foon maaDu
I show them KarnaTaka (myself)
3.1.2 The causative denotes the action performed through an naanu avarige KarnaaTaka toorsistiini (causative)
agent. Causative can be derived from both transitive and I get some one to show them round karnaTaka
intransitive verbs.
The transitive verb is the one which takes an object and
the intransitive does not.
116/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 13/117

4. Exercise 4.4.5 zÀ¸ÀgÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ K£ÀÄ ?

4.1 Fill in the blanks using suitable words. 4.4.5 §¤ßªÀÄAl¥ÀzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?
4.1.1 zÀ¸ÀgÁzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR DPÀµÀðuÉ _______
4.1.2 «dAiÀÄzÀ±À«ÄAiÀÄ ¢£À ¨sÀĪÀ£ÉñÀéjAiÀÄ ________ ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ 5. Vocabulary
4.1.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è __________ K¥Àðr¸ÁÛgÉ CgÀªÀÄ£É 'palace'
4.1.4 FUÀ zÀ¸ÀgÁ ________ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ DZÀgÀuÉ 'celebration'
4.1.5 CgÀªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ___________ C®APÀj¸ÁÛgÉ.
DPÀµÀðuÉ 'attraction'
4.2 Transform the following sentences into verbaliser GzÁÏl£É 'inauguration'
4.2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ vÉ®ÄV¤AzÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÉÌ ¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É K¥ÁðqÀÄ 'arrangement'
4.2.2 °Ã¯Á ¢£Á zÉêÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ¼É.
QæÃqÉÆÃvÀìªÀ 'sports festival'
4.2.3 ¸ÀÄzÀ±Àð£À C«ÄvÁ¨ï §ZÀÑ£ï£À£ÀÄß C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É
dA§Æ¸ÀªÁj 'elephant parade'
4.2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀ¯Á M¨ÉÆâgÀ£ÉÆߧâgÀÄ ¦æÃw ªÀiÁqÁÛgÉ
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV zÀ¨ÁªÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£É. ¢Ã¥Á®APÁgÀ 'illumination'
£ÁqÀºÀ§â 'state festival'
4.3 Fill in the blanks using the correct form of the verbs given in ¥ÀÆf¸ÀÄ 'to worship'
the bracket
ªÀÄ£ÀgÀAd£É 'entertainment'
4.3.1 vÁ¬Ä ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÁ®Ä _________ (PÀÄr)
4.3.2 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ½UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ______________ (PÀ°) ªÉÄgÀªÀtÂUÉ 'procession'
4.3.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¹n¬ÄAzÀ vÀgÀPÁj ___________ (vÀgÀÄ) gÁd 'king'
4.3.4 gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ______________ (vÉÆÃgÀÄ) ªÀA±À 'family'
4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ CªÀ¤AzÀ ¸ÀvÀå ________________ (ºÉüÀÄ)
ªÀ¸ÀÄÛ ¥ÀæzÀ±Àð£À 'exhibition'
«zÀÄå¢ÝÃ¥À 'electric bulb'
4.4 Answer the following questions.
4.4.1 FUÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ zÀ¸ÀgÁ AiÀiÁgÀÄ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ºÉÃUÉ DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ¸ÀAVÃvÀUÁgÀgÀÄ 'musicians'
4.4.2 zÀ¸ÀgÁ JµÀÄÖ ¢£À DZÀj¸ÁÛgÉ ? ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀZÉÃj 'music concert'
4.4.3 zÀ¸ÀgÀ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è K£ÀÄ PÁAiÀÄðPÀæªÀÄ EgÀÄvÉÛ ?
118/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/119

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary ¥ÁoÀ - 14

C£ÀÄPÀgÀuÉ 'imitation'
1. Dialogue :
PÀ£ÀªÀj¸ÀÄ 'to talk in dreams' ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ When did you come to
PÀ°¸ÀÄ 'to teach' §AzÉ ? Bangalore ?
vÀ¯É¨ÁZÀÄ 'comb the hair'
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¤£Éß ¸ÀAeÉ §AzÉ I came yesterday evening
vÉÆÃj¸ÀÄ 'to show'
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ ? At what time did you
¥ÀæwªÉÄ 'statue'
come ?
¥ÀæwµÁ×¥À£É 'install' ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸ÀAeÉ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §AzÉ I came at seven o' clock
¨sÁµÁAvÀgÀ 'translation' in the morning
¸ÀvÀå 'truth' ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : AiÀiÁPÉ CµÀÄÖ vÀqÀ ? Why were you so late ?
¸ÀAzÀ²ð¸ÀÄ 'to intervies' ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ vÀqÀªÁV §AvÀÄ The train came late
ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat' ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤Ã£ÉƧâ£Éà §AzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you come alone ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è £À£Àß eÉÆvÉ £À£Àß vÀAV No. My younger sister

§AzÀ¼ÀÄ. came with me

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤£Àß vÀªÀÄä §gÀ°¯Áé ? Didn't your younger

brother come ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : §gÀ°®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ £À£Àß He didn't. He went with
CtÚ£À eÉÆvÉ ªÀÄzÁæ¹UÉ my elder brother to
ºÉÆÃzÀ Madras

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¤ªÀÄä vÁ¬ÄãÀÆ ºÉÆÃzÀgÁ? Did your mother also go ?

ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : E®è. CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®è No. She didn't go. Next

CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄÄA¢£À ªÁgÀ week she is coming here.
E°èUÉ §gÁÛgÉ.
120/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/121

ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¨Á, wAr w£ÀÄß Come, have tiffin ¸ÀÄgÉñï : AiÀiÁªÀ ªÀµÀð PÀ°wj ? In which year did you
learn it ?
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¨ÉÃqÀ. DUÀ¯Éà wAr wAzÉ No. I have had it already
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ¸Á«gÀzÀ MA¨ÉÊ£ÀÆgÁ I learnt it in 1980
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : PÁ¦üãÁzÀgÀÆ PÀÄr ¨Á Come. at least have JA§vÀÛgÀ°è PÀ°vÉ.
coffee
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : PÁ¦üãÀÆ PÀÄrzÉ. DzÀgÀÆ I had coffee also. All 2. Pattern drill :
¸Àé®à PÉÆqÀÄ right, given me a little 2.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ I got up in the morning
at eight
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : FUÀ UÀAmÉ JµÀÄÖ ? What is the time now ?
£ÁªÀÅ Hj¤AzÀ ¤£Éß §AzɪÀÅ We came from our home
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : FUÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉ Now it is eleven o' clock town yesterday
AiÀiÁPÉ wAr EµÀÄÖ ¯ÉÃlÄ ? Why breakfast is so late ?
¤Ã£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉAiÀiÁ ? Did you drink coffee ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : EªÀvÀÄÛ vÀqÀªÁV JzÉÝ Today I got up late. It is ¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ? Did you bring that book ?
¨sÁ£ÀĪÁgÀ £ÉÆÃqÀÄ sunday, you see
gÁdÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«UÉ ºÉÆqÉzÀ Raju beat the child
ªÀiÁzsÀÄ : ¸Àj, ¨ÉÃUÀ wAr w£ÀÄß All right eat soon. Let gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ Rani opened the windows
gÀªÉÄñÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ us go to Ramesh's CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀߣÀÄß PÀgÉzÀgÀÄ They called me
ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt house.
ºÀ¸ÀÄ ºÀÄ®Äè wAzÀªÀÅ The cow ate the grass
PÀgÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrzÀªÀÅ The calves drank the milk
1.1 Dialogue :
¸ÀÄgÉñï : ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn
2.2 ©ºÁgÀzÀ°è d«ÄãÁÝgÀgÀÄ Zamindars killed coolies
Kannada ?
PÀÆ°AiÀĪÀgÀ£ÀÄß PÉÆAzÀgÀÄ in Bihar
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÀ°vÉ I learnt it in Mysore
¸ÀÄgÉñï : C°è J°è PÀ°wj ? Where did you learn it ¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è UÉ¢ÝvÀÄ India won the cricket
there ? CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ «zÁåyðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß The teachers scolded the
ªÀÄ£ÉÆúÀgï : C°è zÀQët ¥ÁæAwÃAiÀÄ I learnt it in the southern ¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ. students.
¨sÁµÁ PÉÃAzÀæzÀ°è PÀ°vÉ Regional Language
Centre there.
122/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
CªÀgÀÄ MAzÀÄ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀgÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÀ« ¸ÀAeÉ MAzÀÄ
Q¯ÉÆ«ÄÃlgï £ÀqÉzɪÀÅ.
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ CgÀtåzÀ°è ªÀÄgÀ PÀrzÀgÀÄ
CªÀgÀÄ F ¸Áj ºÉZÀÄÑ PÀ§Äâ
¨É¼ÉzÀgÀÄ.
ºÀÄqÀÄV zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©zÀݼÀÄ
CUÀ¸À §mÉÖ MUÉzÀ.
ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½PÁgÀgÀÄ PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ ªÀÄÄjzÀgÀÄ The agitators broke the
ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀUÀt vÀĽ¬ÄvÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ §¹ìUÉ vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ PÁzÉ
¤£Éß CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è EzÀÝgÀÄ He/she was in Bangalore
yesterday
CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ£Àß ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð¢AzÀ
CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ
2.3 ²Ã® DlzÀ°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀ¼ÀÄ.
UÁA¢üÃf ZÀgÀPÀ¢AzÀ £ÀÆvÀgÀÄ.
¸ÀPÀð¸ï zÀÄgÀAvÀzÀ°è £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ
d£À ¸ÀvÀÛgÀÄ
He/she wrote a letter.
Ravi and I walked a
kilometer in the evening
Thieves cut the trees in
the forest.
They grew more sugar
cane this time.
The girl fell on the road
The washerman washed
the clothes.
2.4 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV CvÀÛªÀÅ.
law.
The child stepped on
cow dung.
I waited a long time for
the bus 2.5 ¨sÁgÀvÀ ºÁQAiÀÄ°è ¥ÁQ¸ÁÛ£ÀzÀ ªÉÄïÉ
Uɮ谮è.
She fascinated him with
her beauty
Sheela lost in the game
Gandhiji spun with a
spinning wheel.
Hundreds of people died
in the circus tragedy.
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÃUÉ D «µÀAiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉwj? How did you forget that
CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ¸É¼ÉzÀ¼ÀÄ
ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÀÆ QwÛvÀÄ
¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ J°è PÀ°wj ?
¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ
gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ
CªÀgÀÄ ¤zsÁ£ÀªÁV PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlj£À°è ªÉÃUÀªÁV
ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
§¸ÀÄì £À¢UÉ ©Ã¼À°®è
¥ÀPÀÌzÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ UÀįÁ© ºÀÆ
QüÀ°®è
£À£Àß vÀAzÉ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄ°®è
F zÉñÀzÀ°è ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ AiÀiÁgÀÆ
¸ÁAiÀÄ°®è
Lesson 14/123
her beauty
The child plucked the
flower
Where did you learn
music ?
Padma gave birth to a
male child
Peasants ploughed the
field.
Children cried loudly
They drank coffee
slowly.
She went fast on the
scooter.
India didn't win against
pakistan in hockey.
The bus didn't fall into
the river
The neighbours didn't
pluck the roses.
My father didn't write
to me a letter
No body died out of
hunger in this country.
124/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/125

3. Key to learners : PÀ¼É 'to subtract' PÀ¼ÉzÉ

3.1 Past tense markers are introduced in this lesson. There are vÀĽ 'to push down' vÀĽzÉ
many past tense markers in Kannada. Among them -d -
ªÀÄÄj 'to break' ªÀÄÄjzÉ
and -t are introduced in this lesson. There is no
conditioning to specify which verb takes -d- and -t - as past ¨É¼É 'to grow' ¨É¼ÉzÉ
marker. A list of verbs are given to facilitate the learner. MUÉ 'to wash' MUÉzÉ
Ther structure of the past construction is, PÀr 'to cut' PÀrzÉ
verb root + personal termination. £ÀqÉ 'to walk' £ÀqÉzÉ
The personal termination of the pronouns are given below §gÉ 'to write' §gÉzÉ
with verb root tinnu
PÉÆAiÀÄÄå 'to reap' PÉÆAiÉÄÝ
person singular plural
PÁAiÀÄÄ 'to wait' PÁAiÉÄÝ/PÁzÉ
First naanu tin-d-e (nu) naavu tin-d-evu
©Ã¼ÀÄ 'to fall' ©zÉÝ
Second niinu tin-d-e niivu tin-d-iri
¨Á 'to come' §AzÉ
Third. Mas. avanu tin-d-a (nu) avaru tin-d-aru
Human Fem. avaLu tin-d-aLu vÁ 'to bring' vÀAzÉ
Neuter adu-tin-tu avu tin-d-avu vÉUÉ 'to open' vÉUÉzÉ
tin-d-itu PÀgÉ 'to call' PÀgÉzÉ

Third person neut. sg. has two personal terminations PÉÆ®Äè 'to kill' PÉÆAzÉ
namely -tu and -itu. -tu will be directly added to the verb K¼ÀÄ 'to get up' JzÉÝ
root. -itu is added with past tense.
EgÀÄ 'to be' EzÉÝ
The list of a few verbs with take - d - as past tense. UÉ®Äè 'to win' UÉzÉÝ
ºÉÆÃUÀÄ 'to go' ºÉÆÃzÉ C£ÀÄß 'to say' CAzÉ
w£ÀÄß 'to eat' wAzÉ
ºÉÆqÉ 'to beat' ºÉÆqÉzÉ
PÀÄr 'to drink' PÀÄrzÉ
J¼É 'to pull' J¼ÉzÉ vÉÆ¼É 'to wash' vÉƼÉzÉ
126/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/127

The list of a few verbs which take - t - as past tense. 3.1.2 Past negation is obtained by adding -illa to the verb root.
¸ÉÆÃ®Ä 'to be defeated' ¸ÉÆÃvÉ -al an infinitive suffix will be added to verb root before it
takes illa.
QüÀÄ 'to pluck' QvÉÛ
tinnu + al + illa = tinnalilla
PÀ° 'to learn' PÀ°vÉ
There is no Person, gender distinction. Negation is same
D¼ÀÄ 'to weep' CvÉÛ for all persons and genders.
¸ÁAiÀÄÄ 'to die' ¸ÀvÉÛ 3.3 -ee is an emphatic marker. This is used to give emphasis
on the intended category.
ºÉgÀÄ 'to give birth' ºÉvÉÛ
(Human) idee liDoo Taakiis
G¼ÀÄ 'to plough' GvÉÛ 'This is Lido Talkies
naanu aagalee tiNdi tinde
£ÀÆ®Ä 'to weave' £ÀÆvÉ
'I have already taken tiffin'
ªÀÄgÉ 'to forget' ªÀÄgÉvÉ
3.4 Adverb can be derived by adding aagi to adjectives or
nouns. When the adjective is a qualitative or a
Note the changes in some of the verbs, when -d- past-tense quantitative adjective aagi is added to their predicative
is added. forms.
kollu + d + e = konde
keTTadaagi, hosadaagi, doDDadaagi
bayyu + d + e = bayde
eeLu + d + e = edde With other nouns and adjectives aagi is added to their
gellu + d + e = gedde base forms :
biiLu + d + e = bidde tadavaagi, kempaagi, cennagi
kaayu + d + e = kaayde/kaade
4. Exercise :
hoogu + d + e = hoode
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the past tense forms of the verbs
given in the bracket :
- t - past tense :
4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¤£Éß Hj¤AzÀ _____________ (¨Á)
kiiLu + t + e = kitte
saaytu + t + e = satte 4.1.2 ±ÉÊ® ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV _______________ (§gÉ)
soolu + t + e = soote 4.1.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉtÄÚ ªÀÄUÀ ________________ (ºÉgÀÄ)
heru + t + e = hette 4.1.4 ªÀÄUÀÄ gÁwæ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ _____________ (K¼ÀÄ)
128/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 14/129

4.1.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¤£ÀUÁV vÀÄA¨Á ºÉÆvÀÄÛ ____________ (PÁAiÀÄÄ) 4.5 Translate into Kannada :
4.1.6 CªÀgÀÄ DlzÀ°è _______________ (¸ÉÆîÄ) 4.5.1 I wrote a letter to my friend
4.1.7 gÉ樀 C¥ÀWÁvÀzÀ°è LzÀÄ d£À ______________ (¸ÁAiÀÄÄ) 4.5.2 We walked three miles yesterday
4.1.8 £ÁªÀÅ ¤£Éß ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è _________________ (EgÀÄ) 4.5.3 She wept for half an hour.
4.5.4 He died of heart attack
4.2 Transform into past : 4.5.4 He called me a fool.
4.2.1 ªÀÄzsÀÄ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É
4.2.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ©Ã¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ. 5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary :
4.2.3 PÀªÀÄ® ¸ÀAVÃvÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É. CgÀtå 'forest'
4.2.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ¼É Dl 'game'
4.2.5 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß PÉÆ®ÄèvÁÛ£É. PÀ§Äâ 'sugarcane'
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ 'thieves'
4.3 Transform into non-past :
PÁUÀzÀ 'paper'
4.3.1 ¥ÀzÀä UÀAqÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ ºÉvÀÛ¼ÀÄ
PÁ£ÀÆ£ÀÄ 'law'
4.3.2 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ºÉÆ® GvÀÛgÀÄ
QlQ 'window'
4.3.3 gÁt QlQ vÉUÉzÀ¼ÀÄ
PÀÆ° 'coolie'
4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢gÁ ?
ZÀgÀPÀ 'spinning wheel'
4.3.5 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÉ.
ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½UÁgÀgÀÄ 'agitators'
4.4 Transform into negative : d«ÄãÁÝgÀ 'zamindar'/'landlord'
4.4.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÉÝ zÀÄgÀAvÀ 'tragedy'
4.4.2 K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÉ. £À¢ 'river'
4.4.3 £ÁªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ PÀ°vɪÀÅ ¥ÀvÀæ 'letter'
4.4.4 £Á£ÀÄ D «µÀAiÀÄ ªÀÄgÉvÉ gÉÊvÀgÀÄ 'peasants'
4.4.5 vÀAzÉ £À£ÀߣÀÄß ¨ÉÊzÀgÀÄ. «µÀAiÀÄ 'thing/matter'
¸ÀUÀt 'cowdung'
130/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

¸É¼É 'to fascinate' ¥ÁoÀ - 15

¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð 'beauty'
1. Dialogue :
ºÀ¹ªÀÅ 'bunger'
gÁdÄ : ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¤£Éß ªÉÆúÀ£ï ¹PÀÌ£Á ? Did you meet Mohan
ºÀÄ®Äè 'grass' yesterday ?
ºÉÆ® 'field' gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¹UÀ°®è. ¤£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÌ£Á ? No. He didn't Did you
meet him ?
gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ. ¹nAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ Yes. I met him in the city.
¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä He told me that he was
CAvÀ CAzÀ. going to see you

gÁªÀÄÄ : E®è. ¤£Éß §gÀ°®è. K£ÀÄ No. He didn't come yester

¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ ? day. What is the matter ?

gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ©lÖ£ÀAvÉ He said that he left the job

gÁªÀÄÄ : AiÀiÁPÉ ? Why ?

gÁdÄ : CªÀgÀ vÀAzÉ Hj£À°è d«ÄãÀÄ It seems his father bought

PÉÆAqÀgÀAvÉ. CzÀPÉÌ land at his place. That is
why.
gÁªÀÄÄ : K£ÀÄ d«ÄãÀÄ ? What land ?

gÁdÄ : vÉAV£À vÉÆÃl. EªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀgÀ A coconut plantation. It

ªÉÄðéZÁgÀuÉ ªÀiÁqÁÛ£ÀAvÉ appears he will look after
that.
gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ JPÀgÉ ? How many acres ?

gÁdÄ : ºÀvÀÄÛ JPÀgÉ Ten acres

132/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
gÁªÀÄÄ : JµÀÄÖ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ ?
gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ®PÀë PÉÆlÖgÀÄ CAzÀ
gÁªÀÄÄ : ¥ÀgÀªÁV®è. PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉãÉ.
1.1 Dialogue :
CgÀ«AzÀ : ¤£Éß ¨É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉ
vÀ£ÀPÀ Dl Dr¢j ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ DrzɪÀÅ
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : CªÀgÀÄ UÉzÀÝgÀÄ, £ÁªÀÅ
¸ÉÆÃvɪÀÅ
CgÀ«AzÀ : DªÉÄÃ¯É K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁr¢j ?
ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À¯Éèà E¢ÝgÁ ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D ªÉÄÃ¯É ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ MAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ
Hl ªÀiÁrzÉ. JgÀqÀÄ
UÀAmɬÄAzÀ £Á®ÄÌ
UÀAmɪÀgÉUÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÉ.
CgÀ«AzÀ : ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ°®èªÁ ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÉ
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ºÉÆâj ?
How much did they pay ?
He said that they paid one
lakh
Not bad. It isn't a big
price
Till what time did you
play yesterday morning ?
We played till ten o' clock
Who won ?
They won, we lost
What did you do
afterwards ? Were you in
the hostel ?
Afterwards I took bath.
Around one o' clock I ate
meal. I slept from two o'
clock until four.
Didn't you go to the city ?
I went at five o' clock.
Who all went ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : £Á£ÀÄ gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉÆÃzɪÀÅ
CgÀ«AzÀ : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ ¹¤ªÀiÁ
£ÉÆÃr¢gÁ ?
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : E®è. AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ£ÀÆ
£ÉÆÃqÀ°®è. JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ
C°è E°è ¸ÀÄvÁÛrzɪÀÅ
PÁªÀÄvï£À°è PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzɪÀÅ.
MA§vÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥À¸ï
§AzɪÀÅ.
2. Pattern drill
2.1 ªÉÆúÀ£À¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹QÌvÀÄ
gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ¹PÀÌ
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ
F wAUÀ¼À ¸ÀA§¼ÀzÀ°è ºÀvÀÄÛ
gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä «ÄQÌvÀÄ.
PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ.
2.2 PÀĪÀiÁgÀ £À£ÀUÉ ºÀvÀÄÛ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä
PÉÆlÖ
UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ
¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÄlÖgÀÄ
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉlÖ ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀ
¸ÀºÀªÁ¸À¢AzÀ PÉlÖ
Lesson 15/133
Ramesh and I went
Did you see any movie ?
No. Wandered here and
there till eight o' clock. We
had coffee in Kamath. We
returned at nine o' clock.
Mohan got a job.
I met Raju on the way
The boys laughed in the
class.
Ten rupees remained out of
this month's salary.
Thieves entered the house
Kumar gave me ten rupees
Hoodlums burnt the
prajavani newspaper.
He was spoiled in the
company of bad boys.
134/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ©mÉÖ
¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀtªÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÁåAQ£À°è
EnÖgÁ ?
£À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ GlÖ¼ÀÄ.
§¸ÀÄì ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ºÉÆgÀnvÀÄ.
¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ªÀÄÄAzÉ JµÀÄÖ
vÉAV£À VqÀ £ÉnÖj ?
ªÀiÁ«£À ºÀtÄÚ PÉnÖvÀÄ.
ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ ºÀ§âzÀ ¢£À ºÉƸÀ §mÉÖ
vÉÆlÖgÀÄ.
2.3 gÁªÀÄgÁAiÀÄgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É Rama Rao bought a new
PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. house.
D¼ÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ GAqÀgÀÄ. Servants ate ragi balls.
£Á£ÀÄ zÁjAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ºÁªÀÅ
PÀAqÉ
2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉÆmÉÖ ºÀÄuÁÚUÀĪÀAvÉ
£ÀUÀ°®è.
CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ §ºÀĪÀiÁ£À
PÉÆqÀ°®è
£ÁªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV
ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è.
gÁVt ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉƼÀî°®è.
I left the rented house.
Did you keep the money in
the bank ?
My friend (fem). put on a
new saree.
Bus started at ten o' clock.
How many coconut plants
did you plant in front of
your house ?
The mango fruit was spoilt.
Children put on new clothes
on the festive day.
I saw a snake on the way.
He didn't laugh himself to
death
They didn't give me the
prize.
We didn't start on time.
Ragini didn't buy a new
saree
£À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀt PÁt°®è.
2.5 £Á£ÀÄ CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛä
CªÀ£ÀÄ vÀ£Àß §mÉÖ vÁ£ÉÃ
MUÉzÀÄPÉƼÁÛ£É.
«ªÀÄ¯É vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉƼÁÛ¼É.
CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀgÀÄ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ DvÀäºÀvÉå ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀ
2.6 gÁªÀÄÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ
ºÉÆÃVÛä CAvÀ CAzÀ
¥ÀjÃPÉë ¦üøÀÄ PÀlÄÖ CAvÀ £ÀªÀÄä
vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ
CªÀ¤UÉ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
CAvÀ D¸É
2.7 ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ
ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÀAvÉ
«zsÁ£À ¸ËzsÀzÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ¨Éð
ºÁQ¸ÁÛgÀAvÉ
£Á¼É £À£Àß ¨sÁªÀ HjUÉ
§gÁÛgÀAvÉ.
Lesson 15/135
The solar eclipse was not
visible to me
I cook for myself.
He washes his own
clothes.
Vimala combs her hair
He took a bath
He committed suicide.
Ramu said that he will go
to Bangalore tomorrow.
My father gave me money
asking me to pay the
examination fee
He desires to see Brindavan
It seems the chief minister
goes to Delhi tomorrow.
It seems they are putting
up a fence around Vidhana
Soudha
It seems my brother-in-law
will come to town
tomorrow.
136/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
2.8 ªÀĺÁvÀä UÁA¢üÃAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ Mahatma Gandhi fought
¸ÁévÀAvÀæöåPÉÌ ºÉÆÃgÁrzÀgÀÄ.
¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸ÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀjUÉ
L±ÀéAiÀÄð zÁ£À ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.
PÀvÉÛUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á eÉÆÃgÁV
Nrz˻ˁ.
«±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ
PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ QlQ ªÀÄÄaÑzÉ
d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ºÉƸÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ
gÀa¹vÀÄ.
¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ
ªÀÄ®V¢j ?
¤ªÀÄä ±ÀlÄð J°è ºÉÆ°¹¢j ?
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÖ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ N¢zÉ ?
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¤£Éß JµÀÄÖ ¹UÀgÉÃmï
¸ÉâzÀ ?
£Á£ÀÄ PÀxÉ ºÉýzÉ, CªÀgÀÄ
PÉýzÀgÀÄ.
2.9 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ¥ÁoÀ
NzÀ°®è.
for the freedom of India.
Purandaradasa gave away
his wealth as charity to the
poor
The donkeys ran very fast.
Visweswaraiah constructed
Krishana Raja Sagar.
I closed the window.
The Janatha party formed
a new Government.
At what time did you sleep
Yesterday ?
Where did you have your
shirt made ?
Which lesson did you read
yesterday ?
How many cigarates did
he smoke yesterday ?
I narrated a story, they
listened.
The boys didn't read the
tenth lesson.
Lesson 15/137
CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA§°®è She didn't believe him.
¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ ªÀÄÄRå ªÀÄAwæUÉ ¥Àæ±Éß The journalists didn't put
PÉüÀ°®è. questions to the Chief
Minister.
£ÁªÀÅ E°è C°è ¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀ°®è. We din't roam here and
there.
3. Key to learners :
Past tense -k - ; - T - ; - D - ; and -id- are introduced here.
Unlike the past tense markers introduced in the previous
lessons these past tense markers are conditioned in the
following manner.
3.1 Verbs with cvc syllabic pattern, where the last consonant
is -g- (e.g. n + a + g) take -k- as past - tense. Please note
that 'c' stands for consonant and 'v' stands for short vowel.
The final vowel - u doesn't have any value.
Sig (u) + k + a = sikka 'he met (some one)'
nag (u) + k + a = naaka. 'he laughed'
Note that when -k- is added, the last consonant -g- is
assimilated with -k- resulting in -kk-
3.2 Verbs with (c) vc syllabic pattern, where the last
consonant is D (e.g. i + D; k + e + D) take -T- as pasttense.
biD (u) + T + e = bitte 'I left'
iD (u) + T + e = itte 'I kept'
-D- is assimilated with -T- when added.
138/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 15/139

Although 'horaDu' doesn't have the same syllabic mucc(u) + id + e = muccide 'I closed'
structure as the above words, its past tense form is namb(u) = id + e = nambide 'I believed'
however is 'horaTe'
3.4.3 Multi syllabic
3.3 There are only three verbs which take -D- as past tense The verbs with more than two syllables. Causatives also
mark. They are. come under this category.
kaaN(u) + D + e = kaNDe 'I saw' toorisu + id + e = tooriside 'I showed'
uNN(u) + D + e = uNDe 'I ate (meals)' malagu + id + e = malagide 'I slept'
koLLu koN/- D koN +D + e= koNDe. maataaDu + id + e = maataDide 'I spoke'
'I bought' The verbs referred under the earlier past tense markers are
Notice the change form L to N in koLLu exceptions to this rule as well.
koLLu as a main verb means 'to buy'. This will also be used 3.5 anta is used in the construction of indirect speech. It
as an auxillary verb in refiexive construction. Refiexive occurs immediately after the reported clause.
indicates that the benefactor of the action of the verb is the avanu bengaLuurige hoogtiini anta heeLida
performer himself. This is obtained by adding koLLu to 'He said that he is going to Bangalore'
the verbal prticiple of the main verb.
3.6 ante is reportive form
avanu baTTe ogedu koLtaane
apaghaatadalli nuuru jana sattarante
'he washes his clothes'
'It seems hundred persons died in accident'
avaLu aDige maaDikoLtaaLe' avaru naaLe bartaarante
'She cooks for herself' 'It seems he is coming tomorrow'
3.4 -id- past tense takes three categories of verbs.
4. Exercise :
3.4.1 (c) V V syllabic pattern
4.1 Substitute and complete the sentence :
keeLu (u) + id + e = keeLide 'I asked/listened'
4.1.1 PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ ¨Á¼É vÉÆÃlªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉÆPÀÌgÀÄ
aaD (u) + id + e = aaDide 'I played'
D£É ______________________
Note that VV stands for long vowel
4.1.2 ²æêÀÄAvÀgÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀÄlÖgÀÄ.
3.4.2 CVCC syllabic pattern
hatt (u) + id + e = hattide 'I climbed' £ÁªÀÅ ______________________
140/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 15/141

4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÄÃf£À ªÉÄÃ¯É ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ElÖ 4.4 Translate into Kannada
CªÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________ 4.4.1 How much advance did you pay for that house ?
4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÉ 4.4.2 I bought two shirts in Bangalore
CªÀgÀÄ _____________________ 4.4.3 What places did you see in Karnataka ?
4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÀ¼ÀÄ 4.4.4 We played volleyball till 6 o' clock.
£Á¬Ä _____________________ 4.4.5 She narrated a story.
4.1.6 £ÁªÀÅ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ ¦üøÀÄ PÀnÖzɪÀÅ
4.5 Answer the following questions
£Á£ÀÄ _____________________
4.5.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¤£Éß AiÀiÁªÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?
4.1.7 ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¬ÄvÀÄ 4.5.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÀܼÀ £ÉÆÃr¢j ?
¨ÉPÀÄÌUÀ¼ÀÄ _____________________ 4.5.3 «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ AiÀiÁgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ ?

4.2 Transform the following sentences into past tense

4.2.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ C¼ÀÄvÀÛzÉ 5. Vocabulary
4.2.2 CªÀgÀÄ eÉÆÃgÁV ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ. d«ÄãÀÄ 'land'
4.2.3 £Á¼É gÁdÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¹PÀÄÌvÁÛ£É. ¹UÀÄ 'to be available'
4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É HgÀÄ ©qÀÄvÁÛ£É. ¸ÀÄvÁÛqÀÄ 'to wander'
4.2.5 ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è vÀÄA¨Á ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ «ÄUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ®PÀë 'lakh'

4.3 Transform into negative

5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
4.3.1 ¤£Éß ªÀÄ¼É §AvÀÄ
4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£É ¨ÁV®Ä ªÀÄÄaÑzÀgÀÄ. DvÀäºÀvÉå 'suicide'
4.3.3 PÉAUÀ¯ï ºÀ£ÀĪÀÄAvÀAiÀÄå «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ PÀnÖ¹zÀgÀÄ. EqÀÄ 'to keep'
4.3.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃrzÀ£ÀÄ. GqÀÄ 'to put on clothes' - like
4.3.5 gÀªÉÄñÀ ºÉƸÀ ZÀ¥Àà° PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAqÀ. saree, dhoti
4.3.6 £À£ÀUÉ £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ºÀt PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.
GtÄÚ 'to eat meals'
4.3.7 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀ̼ÀÄ.
4.3.8 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß vÀÄA¨Á d£À gÁdgÀÄ D½zÀgÀÄ. L±ÀéAiÀÄð 'wealth'
142/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

PÀnÖ¸ÀÄ 'to build' ¥ÁoÀ - 16

1. Dialogue
PÀvÉÛ 'donkey'
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨É½UÉÎ JµÀÄÖ At what time do you get up in the
PÀ¼Àî 'thief' UÀAmÉUÉ K½ÛÃj ? morning ?
QlQ 'window'
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : DgÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ K½Ûä. I get up at six o'clock.
PÉqÀÄ 'to be spoiled'
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : JzÀÄÝ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj ? After getting up, what do you do?
UÀÆAqÁUÀ¼ÀÄ 'hoodlums'
vÉÆqÀÄ 'to put on clothes' ªÉÆúÀ£ï : JzÀÄÝ ªÁQAUï I go for a walk. After the walk, I
ºÉÆÃVÛä. ªÁQAUï brush my teeth and I drink coffee.
zÁ£À 'charity'
ºÉÆÃV §AzÀÄ ºÀ®Äè
£ÉqÀÄ 'to plant' GfÓPÉƽÛä. ºÀ®Äè
¥ÀvÀæPÀvÀðgÀÄ 'journalists' GfÓ PÉÆAqÀÄ PÁ¦ü
PÀÄrÃwä.
§ºÀĪÀiÁ£À 'presentation'
¨Éð 'fence' ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ºÀ®Äè GfÓPÉƼÀîzÉ PÁ¦ü Don't you drink coffee without
PÀÄrAiÀįÁé? brushing your teeth ?
gÁV ªÀÄÄzÉÝ 'ragi balls'
¸ÀPÁðgÀ 'government' ªÉÆúÀ£ï : E®è, £À£ÀUÉ C¨sÁå¸À No, I have no such habits. After
E®è. PÁ¦ PÀÄrzÀÄ drinking coffee I read the news
¸ÀºÁªÁ¸À 'company' ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï M¢Ûä. paper. After reading the news
¥ÉÃ¥Àgï N¢ ¸ÁߣÀ paper, I have my bath.
¸ÁévÀAvÀæöå 'independence'
ªÀiÁrÛä.
¸ÀÄqÀÄ 'to burn'
¸ÀÆAiÀÄð UÀæºÀtÅ 'solar eclipse' ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : vÀtÂÚÃj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛgÉÆà Do you take bath in cold water or
©¹¤Ãj£À°è in hot water ?
ºÁªÀ 'snake'
ªÀiÁrÛÃgÉÆÃ?
ºÀÄtÄÚ 'wound'
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ©¹ ¤Ãj£À°è ªÀiÁrÛä. I take bath in hot water .
ºÉÆmÉÖ 'stomach'
144/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 16/145

DªÉÄÃ¯É Hl Afterwards I eat my meal and I 2. Pattern drill :

ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ D¦üùUÉ go to office. 2.1 £Á£ÀÄ wAr wAzÀÄ PÁ¦ü After tiffin, I drink coffee.
ºÉÆgÀqÀÄwÛä. PÀÄrÃwä.

ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : wAr w£ÀßzÉÃ? £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ My father will come to

Without eating breakfast ?
§AzÀÄ zɺÀ°UÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ. Bangalore and then goes to
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : ºËzÀÄ, ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß Yes I don't go home in the after Delhi.
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è. wAr noon. I carry tiffin with me. ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀÄ ¨É¼É ¨É¼É¬ÄvÀÄ. When rained and the crops grew.
vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ ºÉÆÃVÛä.
ªÀÄUÀÄ ªÀÄAZÀ¢AzÀ PɼÀUÉ ©zÀÄÝ The child fell from the cot and
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : D¦üùUÉ ºÉÃUÉ How do you go to office ? ºÀ®Äè ªÀÄÄjzÀÄPÉÆArvÀÄ. broke its teeth.
ºÉÆÃVÛÃj?
CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°vÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV Having learnt kannada, they
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : §¸ÀÄì »rzÀÄ By bus. Sometimes it is a ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ. speak it well.
ºÉÆÃVÛä. PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä problem getting a bus. In that
¨sÁgÀvÀ QæPÉnÖ£À°è ¸ÉÆÃvÀÄ vÀ¯É India lost in cricket and bowed
§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ case I go by auto.
vÀVιvÀÄ. down its head.
DUÀÄvÉÛ. DUÀ DmÉÆÃzÀ°è
ºÉÆÃVÛä . Ravish laughed in the class and
gÀ«Ã±À PÁè¹£À°è £ÀPÀÄÌ
CzsÁå¥ÀPÀjAzÀ ¨ÉʹPÉÆAqÀ. got a scolding from the teacher.
ªÀÄ£ÉÆÃeï : ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀÄ What do you do in the evening
K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj? after coming home ?
JvÀÄÛ vÉÆÃlPÉÌ ºÉÆPÀÄÌ ¨Á¼É A bullock broke into the garden
VqÀ vÀA¢vÀÄ. and ate the plantain tree.
ªÉÆúÀ£ï : PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀ I drink coffee and chat with my
eÉÆvÉ ºÀgÀmÉ friends. When I have finished CªÀ£ÀÄ ¸Á®PÉÌ §rØ PÉÆlÄÖ He paid interest on the loan and
ºÉÆrÃwä. ºÀgÀmÉ chatting, I read something or became poor.
§qÀªÁzÀ.
ºÉÆqÉzÀÄ ©lÄÖ JAlÄ other till eight o'clock. After
UÀAmÉ vÀ£ÀPÀ K£ÁzÀÆæ reading I have meal and go to CªÀ¼ÀÄ VqÀ £ÉlÄÖ ©lÄÖ ¤ÃgÀÄ She planted the plant and
bed. ºÁQzÀ¼ÀÄ. watered it.
N¢Ûä. N¢ Hl
ªÀiÁr ªÀÄ®VÛä. £Á£ÀÄ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrPÉÆAqÀÄ I took bath and worshipped
zÉêÀgÀ ¥ÀÆeÉ ªÀiÁrzÉ. God.
146/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 16/147

CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ¹ÃgÉ PÉÆAqÀÄ She bought a new saree (and £Á£ÀÄ nPÉmï vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ We didn't see the play without
PÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ. came) £ÁlPÀ £ÉÆÃqÀ°®è. buying the tickets.

2.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV ¹¤ªÀiÁ They went to city and saw a qÁPÀÖgï ºÀt vÉUÉzÀÄPÉƼÀîzÉ The doctor will not give
£ÉÆÃr §AzÀgÀÄ. film (and came) OµÀzsÀ PÉÆqÀ®è. medicne without taking money.

£ÁªÀÅ ¨ÁåAQUÉ ºÀt PÀnÖ We paid the money at the

§AzɪÀÅ. bank and came. 3. Key to learners
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸Éâ Do you cough when you 3.1 The past participle / verbal participle form is intro
PÉ«ÄÛÃAiÀiÁ ? smoke cigarettes ? duced in the lesson. The function of the past
participle is to show the completion of one action
EA¢gÁ UÁA¢ü ¨sÁµÀt PÉý People laughed listening to and an anticipation of another one.
d£À £ÀPÀÌgÀÄ. India Gandhi's speech.
naanu avanannu nooDi bengaLuurige hoode.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ®V She slept at ten o'clock and `having seen him, i went to Bangalore.'
ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ JzÀݼÀÄ. got up at twelve o'clock. -u and -i are two past participle markers in
Kannada.
2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃV They went to Bangalore and
-u is added to the verbs which take -d-;-t-;-k-;-D-;
«zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀ £ÉÆÃqÀzÉ §AzÀgÀÄ. came back without seeing
Vidhana Soudha. and -T- as past tense markers. (ref. lessons 14 & 15)
The structure is,
zÉêÀgÀÄ CªÀjUÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ May God do them no good.
verb root + past tense + verbal partilciple market
ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EgÀ°.
tinnu + d + u = tindu.
¤Ã£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀzÉ GvÀÛgÀ Did you write the answer rameeSa kalleejige bandu sinimaakke hooda.
§gÉzÉAiÀiÁ ? without reading the lesson? Ramesh came to college and went to a film.
He agreed to get marry IvaLu kannaDa kalitu haaDu haaDtaaLe
CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
£ÉÆÃqÀzÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉUÉ without seeing the girl. She learns Kannada and sings a song.
M¦àPÉÆAqÀ. naanu laLemane biTTu hosa manege bande.
I left the old house and came to a new house.
2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrAiÀÄzÉ I did not leave for the office avanu daariyalli sikku maattaDisida.
D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆgÀqÀ°®è. without drinking coffee.
He met me on the way and talked to me.
148/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ondu pustaka konDu bande.
I bought a book (and came)
-i- is added to the verbs which take -id- as past
tense. But here -i- is added straightaway to the verb
root. Thus the structure is,
verb root + verbal participle
maaDu + i = maaDi
naanu + peeper oodi snaana maaDide.
I read newspaper and took a bath.
avanannu nambi naanu haaLaade.
I believed him and got spoiled.
magu nidde maaDi edditu
The child slept and got up.
avanu uurige hoogi ivattu banda.
He went to his hometown and came today.
`hoogu' and `aagu' through they take -d- as past
tense, they take -i as past participle. Thease two are
exeptions.
3.2 The verbal participle negation is -ade. It will be
added to the verb root.
naanu simimaa nooDade bande.
I came without seeing a movie.
avanu nanna maatu keeLade hooda.
He went without listening to my words.
avaLu bas caarj koDade prayaaNa maaDidaLu.
She travelled without paying the bus fare.
If the double negation is used, the positive meaning
will be obtained.
Lesson 16/149
Siita hallu ujjade kaafi kudiyalla.
Sita don't drink coffee without brushing her teeth.
nannu kaagada bareyade uurige hoogalilla.
I didn't go to my hometown without writing a
letter.
3.3 The verbal participle of the verb biDu is used some
times with the past participle of the other verbs.
This is used either for emphasis or with on specifi
cation.
avanu tinDi biTTu banda.
naanu siTige hoogi biTTu baralilla.
4. Exercise
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the verbal participle forms of the
verbs given in the brackets.
4.1.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ wAr _________, PÁ¦ü _________(w£ÀÄß, PÀÄr)
4.1.2 CªÀgÀÄ EªÀvÀÄÛ Hj¤AzÀ _______£Á¼É §gÁÛgÉ. (ºÉÆgÀqÀÄ)
4.1.3 D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ ªÀÄ£É ____________ºÉÆÃzÀ..(©qÀÄ)
4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ _________________ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÀÄ. (PÀ°)
4.1.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ __________________ CvÀÛ¼ÀÄ. (NzÀÄ)
4.1.6 d£ÀvÁ ¥ÀPÀë ZÀĪÁuÉAiÀÄ°è ______ C¢üPÁgÀPÉÌ §AvÀÄ. (UÉ®Äè)
4.1.7 gÁªÀÄ gÁªÀt£À£ÀÄß__________eÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ. (PÉÆ®Äè)
4.1.8 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß _______________PÉlÖ¼ÀÄ. (£ÀA§Ä)
4.2 Combine the following sentences using the verbal participle
marker.
4.2.1 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÀÄ.
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ ¸ÀPÀð¸ï £ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÄ.
150/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
4.2.2 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÄ.
CªÀgÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ.
4.2.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.2.4 £Á£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
£Á£ÀÄ JA. J. N¢zÉ.
4.2.5 £Á£ÀÄ ¹UÀgÉÃmï ¸ÉâÛä.
£Á£ÀÄ ¸ÀAvÉÆõÀ ¥ÀrÛä.
4.3 Split the following sentences into smaller sentences.
4.3.1 ¤Ã §AzÀÄ ¤AvÁUÀ ¤AvÀÄ ¤Ã £ÀPÁÌUÀ £ÀPÀÄÌ ¤Ã £À°zÁUÀ
£Á ¸ÉÆÃvÉ.
4.3.2 ºÁ¹UɬÄAzÀ JzÀÄÝ ºÀ®Äè GfÓ PÁ¦ü PÀÄrzÀÄ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï
NzÁÛgÉ.
4.3.3 D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀÄ qÁPÀÖgï ºÀwÛgÀ
ºÉÆÃV OµÀ¢ü vÀUÉÆAqÀÄ PÀÄrzÉ.
4.4 Transform the following sentences into reflexive
4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨É½UÉÎ ºÀ®Äè GeÁÛ£É.
4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ PÉÊPÁ®Ä ªÀÄÄR vÉƽÃvÁgÉ.
4.4.3 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁZÁÛ¼É.
4.4.4 gÁªÀÄÄ §mÉÖ MVvÁ£É.
4.4.5 PÀªÀÄ® ¥ÁoÀ §jÃvÁ¼É.
4.5 Transform into negative sentences using negative verbal
participle
4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃr §AzÉ.
4.5.2 PÁUÀzÀ §gÉzÀÄ MAzÀÄ wAUÀ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.
Lesson 16/151
4.5.3 gÉÊ°£À°è nPÉmï ¹QÌ ¥ÀæAiÀiÁt ªÀiÁrzÉ.
4.5.4 CªÀ¼ÀÄ vÀ¯É ¨ÁaPÉÆAqÀÄ §AzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.5.5 J®ègÀÆ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß £ÀA© PÉlÖgÀÄ.
4.5.6 CªÀ½UÉ ªÀÄzÀĪÉAiÀiÁV ºÀÄZÀÄÑ »r¬ÄvÀÄ.
4.5.7 CªÀ£ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV N¢ ¥Á¸ÁzÀ.
4.6 Change the follow sentences into double negation.
4.6.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀA§¼À vÉUÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ.
4.6.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ HlªÀiÁr ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
4.6.3 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl Dr ¤ÃgÀÄ PÀÄrzÀgÀÄ.
4.6.4 £Á¬Ä ¨ÉÆUÀ½ PÀaÑvÀÄ.
4.7 Translate into Kannada.
4.7.1 He cooks his own food.
4.7.2 There is no drinking water without rains.
4.7.3 I got headache by seeing that movie.
4.7.4 I bought a book paying hundred rupees.
4.7.5 He is staying in that house without paying rent.
4.8 Answer th following questions.
4.8.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀzÉ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?
4.8.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ NzÀzÉ EjÛÃgÁ?
4.8.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÁQAUï ºÉÆÃVÛÃgÁ?
4.8.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÁqÁÛ ¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁrÛÃgÁ?
4.8.5 ¤ÃªÉà CrUÉ ªÀiÁrPÉƽÛÃgÁ? ¤ªÀÄä §mÉÖ ¤ÃªÉÃ
MUÉzÀÄPÉƽÛÃgÁ ?
152/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 16/153

5. Vocabulary ¥ÀÆeÉ `worship'

C¨sÁå¸À `practice/habit' §rØ `interest'
PÉ®ªÉǪÉÄä `sometime' ¨É¼É `crop' (n)
vÀtÂÚÃgÀÄ `cold water' `to grow' (v)
©¹ ¤ÃgÀÄ `hot water' ¨Á¼ÉVqÀ `plantain tree'
¸ÁߣÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to take bath' ¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÀÄ `to bark'
ºÀgÀmÉ ºÉÆr `to chat' ¨sÁµÀt `Speech'
ºÀ®Äè `teeth' ªÀÄ¼É `rain'
ºÀ®Äè GdÄÓ `to brush the teeth' ªÀÄAZÀ `cot'
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary ªÀÄÄR `face'
JvÀÄÛ `bullock' (n) ¸Á® `loan'
`to lift' (v) ºÀt PÀlÄÖ `to pay money'
OµÀzsÀ `medicine' ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `madness'
PÀZÀÄÑ `to bite'
P稀 `leg'
PɪÀÄÄä `to cough'
PÉÊ `hand'
VqÀ `plant'
vÀ¯É `head'
vÀ¯ÉvÀVθÀÄ `to bow down one's head
zÀÄqÀÄØ `money'
zÉêÀgÀÄ `god'
154/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
¥ÁoÀ - 17
1. Dialogue:
PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ J°è
PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É ?
gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂAiÀÄ°è
PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : C°è K£ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ
Ez磃?
gÀAUÀ : j¥ÉÆÃlðgï DV PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : J°è? ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À¯ÉèÃ
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : E®è. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è
ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è. ºÀħâ½î
AiÀÄ°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É.
PÀȵÀÚ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä J°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ?
gÀAUÀ : ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : C°è AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ
PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ college ?
EzÁ£Á ?
Where is Rajashekara work
ing at present ?
Now he is working in
prajavani.
What is he doing there?
He is working as a reporter.
Where? Is he working in
Bangalore
No. He is not working in
Bangalore. He is working at
Hubli.
Where was he working
earlier?
He was working in Mysore.
Was he working there in some
Lesson 16/155
gÀAUÀ : PÁ¯ÉÃf£À°è ªÀiÁqÁÛ He was not working in a
EgÀ°®è. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÉÆà college. He was working in
¥ÉæöʪÉÃmï PÀA¥É¤AiÀÄ°è some private company.
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
PÀȵÀÚ : DUÀ¯Éà CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À Was he writing stories and
§jÃvÁ EzÀÝ£Á ? poems even at that time?
gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. §jÃvÁ EzÀÝ. Yes. He used to write.
PÀȵÀÚ : CªÀ£À vÀªÀÄä M§â Was one of his younger
EAf¤AiÀÄjAUï NzÁÛ brothers studying
EzÀÝ£Á? Engineering?
gÀAUÀ : ºËzÀÄ. NzÁÛ EzÀÝ.
Yes. He was studying
PÀȵÀÚ : FUÀ E°è EzÁ£É?
Where is he now ?
gÀAUÀ : FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è
ºÉZï.JA.n.AiÀÄ°è PÉ®¸À He is now working in H.M.T
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁ£É. in Bangalore.
PÀȵÀÚ : gÁd±ÉÃRgÀ FUÀ®Æ
vÀÄA¨ÁPÀxÉ, PÀªÀ£À Does Rajashekara still write
stories and poetry.?
§jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£Á?
gÀAUÀ : vÀÄA¨Á §jÃvÁ EgÀ®è. He dosn't write much. He.
DUÁUÉå §jÃvÁ EgÁÛ£É. writes now and then.
PÀȵÀÚ : ¤£Àß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃzÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ Does he come to see you ?
EgÁÛ£Á?
He used to come frequently
gÀAUÀ : ªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á §gÁÛ
earlier. Now he comes
EzÀÝ. FUÀ MAzÉÆAzÀÄ
¸Áj §gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É. once in a while.
156/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
1. Pattern drill
2.1 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß MqÉAiÀÄgÀ ªÀA±À
zÀªÀgÀÄ D¼ÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è »AzÉ ªÀÄ»µÁ
¸ÀÄgÀ JA§ gÁPÀë¸À ªÁ¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
±ÁAvÀ¯É CzÀÄãvÀªÁV £Álå
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
£Á£ÀÄ w¥ÀlÆj£À°è ºÉʸÀÆÌ®Ä
NzÁÛ EzÉÝ.
¤£Éß gÉÃrAiÉÆÃzÀ°è anÖ¨Á§Ä
«ÃuÉ §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.
¤ÃªÀÅ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä E°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj?
ºÀj±ÀÑAzÀæ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ ¸ÀvÀå
ºÉüÁÛ EzÀÝ.
2.2 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ Dl DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
²Ã® PÁzÀA§j NzÁÛ EzÁ¼É.
gÉÊ®ÄUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV
NqÁÛ EªÉ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀ¥À¸Àì£ÀÄß PÉr¸ÁÛ
EzÁ¼É.
¸ÉƸÉÊnAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ
EzÁgÉ.
The wodeyar dynasty used to
rule Mysore.
A demon by name
Mahishasura lived in
Mysore long ago.
Shantala used to dance
splendidly.
I used to study in high school
in Tiptur.
Chittubabu's veena perfor-
mance was broadcast over
the radio yesterday.
Where were you working
earlier?
Harischandra was telling
truth always.
Children are playing.
Sheela is reading a novel.
Trains are runningng in time.
She is disturbing my penance.
Sugar is being given at
consumers' society.
Lesson 17/157
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÀt ªÀiÁqÁÛ The Minister is making
EzÁgÉ. speeches.
2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á D ºÉÆÃmÉ°UÉ He comes daily to that hotel.
§gÁÛ EgÁÛ£É.
±ÁåªÀÄ® ¥Àæw ¢£À ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ Shamala would be singing
UÀAmÉUÉ ºÁqÀÄ ºÁqÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É. daily at five o' clock in the
evening.
D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á UÀ¯ÁmÉ Those boys will be making a
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÁÛgÉ. lot of noise.
CªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÁUÀ®Æ He always will be blaming
E£ÉÆߧâgÀ£ÀÄß §AiÀiÁÛ some one.
EgÁÛgÉ.
Ravi was not working in
2.4 gÀ« ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À
ªÀiÁqÁÛ EgÀ°®è. Mangalore.
C±ÉÆÃPÀ ¨ÉÃgÉ gÁdgÀ ºÁUÉ Ashoka didn't fight battles like
AiÀÄÄzÀÝ ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀ°®è. other kings.
ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ IĶUÀ½UÉ Mahishasura didn't disturb the
vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÀÛ EgÀ°®è. sages.
CªÀgÀÄ ºÉÆÃmÉ°£À°è PÁ¦ü They didn't drink coffee in the
PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀ°®è. hotel
gÀ« ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ E®è. Ravi is not sleeping.
CªÀ£ÀÄ £Á¼É ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ He is not going to Bangalore
ºÉÆÃUÁÛ E®è. tomorrow.
CªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀA§¼À PÉÆqÁÛ They are not paying me the
E®è. salary.
158/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 17/159

E°èUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ §gÁÛ Enough buses are not maaDtaa idda. `he was doing'
E®è. coming here. tintaa idda. `he was eating'.
2.6 D ¨ÉPÀÄÌ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ That cat will not be coming 3.4 By adding habitual form of verb - iru to the
§gÁÛ EgÀ®è. daily to our house. continuous verbs, habitual continuous form is
obtained.
CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á PÀè©âUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ They are not going daily to
maaDtaa irtiini `I will be doing'
EgÀ®è. the club.
tintaa irtiini. `I will be eating'
CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÀV£À ºÉÆvÀÄÛ NzÁÛ She will not be reading in the 3.5 The corresponding negative forms are obtained by
EgÀ®è. morning. adding illa, iralilla and iralla respectively to the
continuous verbs.
gÁeÉñÀ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉZÀÄÑ Rajesh will not be coming
maadtaa illa. `not doing'
§gÁÛ EgÀ®è. frequently to our house.
tintaa illa. `not eating'
madtaa iralilla. `was not doing'
3. key to learners tintaa iralilla `was not eating'
3.1 The continuous forms are introduced. Continuous maaDtaa irall. `will not be doing'
forms are obtained by adding - taa (uttaa) to the tintaa iralla. `will not be eating'
verb.
maaDu + taa (uttaa) = maaDtaa (maaDuttaa) 4. Exercise
tinnu + taa (uttaa) = tintaa (tinnutta) 4.1 Fill in the blanks using the appropriate continuous
These continuous forms are followed by the finite forms of the verbs given in the bracket
form of auxillary verb iru. 4.1.1 £Á£ÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðUÀ¼À »AzÉ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è_____(NzÀÄ)
3.2 The definite form of iru. Will be added to continuous 4.1.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ FUÀ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À____________(ªÀiÁqÀ)
verbs to obtain present continuous. 4.1.3 £ÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ FUÀ ¤zÉæ_________________(ªÀiÁqÀÄ)
maaDtaa idiini 'I am doing'. 4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¢£Á £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ___________(§gÀÄ)
tintaa idaaLe `She is eating'. 4.1.5 aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀ£ÀÄß___________(D¼ÀÄ)
3.3 The past tense of iru is added to continuous verbs to 4.1.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¢£Á ¸ÀAeÉ ºÁqÀÄ_______________(ºÁqÀÄ)
obtain past continuous. 4.1.7 ªÀÄ»µÁ¸ÀÄgÀ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ____________(PÉÆqÀÄ)
160/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 17/161

4.1.8 ²Ã® FUÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ_______________________(NzÀÄ)
4.1.9 CªÀgÀÄ wAr_____________________(w£ÀÄß)
4.1.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ___________(§gÀÄ)
4.2 Transform the following sentences into present continuous
forms
4.2.1 ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ gÀ¸ÉÛAiÀÄ°è Dl DqÁÛ EzÀݪÀÅ.
4.2.2 £À£Àß PÀxÉ D ¥ÀwæPÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛ EvÀÄÛ.
4.2.3 ºÀÄqÀÄUÀgÀÄ vÀgÀUÀwAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀUÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.2.4 gÁPÀë¸ÀgÀÄ IĶUÀ½UÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ PÉÆqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.2.5 gÀA¨sÉ HªÀð²AiÀÄgÀÄ IĶUÀ¼À vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì PÉr¸ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.5 Transform the following sentences into their negative forms
4.5.1 £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ.
4.5.2 CªÀgÀÄ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®Ä ¨ÁrUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
4.5.4 £À£ÀUÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆmÉÖ £ÉÆêÀÅ §gÁÛ EgÀÄvÉÛ.
4.5.5 ²Ã® UÀAqÀ£À eÉÆvÉ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
4.6 Answer the following questions
4.6.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ MAzÀÄ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ýj? FUÀ
J°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ E¢Ãj?

4.3 Transform the following sentences into present continuous 4.6.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ J°è NzÁÛ E¢Ýj?
4.3.1 D ºÉAUÀ¸ÀgÀÄ dUÀ¼À DqÁÛ EzÁgÉ. 4.6.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ / PÁ¯ÉÃfUÉ ºÉÃUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃj?

4.3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄgɯÁè PÀgÁmÉ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EzÁgÉ. 4.6.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ E°èUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄÄAZÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÁÛ EgÀ°®èªÁ?

4.3.3 §qÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀ¹«¤AzÀ ¸ÁAiÀiÁÛ EzÁgÉ. 4.6.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ zɺÀ°UÉ DUÁUÉÎ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EjÛÃgÁ?

4.3.4 E°è vÀgÀPÁj PÀrªÉÄ ¨É¯ÉUÉ ¹UÁÛ EzÉ. 5. Vocabulary

4.3.5 CªÀ¼ÀÄ CAUÀr¬ÄAzÀ ¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀÄ vÀgÁÛ EzÁ¼É. DUÁUÉÎ `now and then'
4.4 Transform the following sentences into habitual continuous MAzÉÆAzÀÄ ¸Áj `once in a while'
4.4.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¢£Á E°èUÉ §gÁÛ£É. PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to work'
4.4.2 ªÀÄUÀÄ ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É C¼ÁÛ EzÉ. 5.1 Sulpplementary Vocabulary
CzÀÄãvÀªÁV `splendidly'
4.4.3 gÉÊvÀgÀÄ ZÀ¼ÀĪÀ½ ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÁgÉ.
IĶ `sage'
4.4.4 E°è ¸Àé®à ¸Àé®à ªÀÄ¼É §gÁÛ EzÉ.
PÉr¸ÀÄ `to spoil'
4.4.5 E°è §¸ÀÄìUÀ¼ÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á NqÁqÁÛ EªÉ. vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì `penance'
162/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

£ÁlåªÀiÁqÀÄ `to dance' ¥ÁoÀ - 18

¨ÉPÀÄÌ `cat'
1. Dialogue:
AiÀÄÄzÀÝ `battle'
ªÀÄÆwð : ºÀ¯ÉÆà AiÀiÁgÀÄ ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃzÀÄ? Hello, Who is speaking?
gÁPÀë¸À `demon'
gÁdÄ : £Á£ÄÀ, gÁdÄ ªiÀÁvÁqÆ
É ÃzÀÄ. It is me, Raju, speaking.
ªÀA±À `dynasty'
¸ÀPÀÌgÉ `sugar' ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÀÄ ¸ÀªÀiÁZÁgÀ? What is the matter?
¸ÀvÀå `truth' gÁdÄ : ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹¤AzÀ £ÀªÀÄä CtÚ My elder brother has
§A¢zÁÝ£É. come from Madras.

ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁªÁUÀ §AzÀ? When did he come?

gÁdÄ : £Á£ÀÄ D¦üùUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ. I had been to office. He

had come before I
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀĪÀÅzÀgÉƼÀUÉ
returned.
§A¢zÀÝ.

ªÀÄÆwð : ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è EzÁ£Á? Is he at home ?

gÁdÄ : E®è, ºÉÆgÀUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É. No. He has gone out.

ªÀÄÆwð : ¤ªÀÄä CwÛUÉ §A¢zÁgÁ? Has your sister-in-law

also come ?
gÁdÄ : E®è CwÛUÉ §A¢®è. No. she hasn't come Two
eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è E§âgÀÄ ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ of his friend have come
§A¢zÁgÉ. with him.

ªÀÄÆwð : K£ÁzÀgÀÆ PÉ®¸ÀzÀ ªÉÄÃ¯É Has he come on any

§A¢zÁ£Á? business?

gÁdÄ : ºËzÀÄ. Yes.

164/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 18/165

ªÀÄÆwð : EªÀvÀÄÛ ¸ÀAeÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è Will he be avilable at 2. Pattern Drill

¹PÁÛ£Á? home this evening? 2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ. Sir, there is a phone call for you.
gÁdÄ : E®è ¸ÀAeÉ ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃVgÁÛ£É. No. He would have gone qÁPÀÖgÀ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÉÆÃPÉ gÉÆÃVUÀ¼ÀÄ Patients have come to see the
£Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ J®Æè ºÉÆÃVgÀ®è, to the city in the evening. §A¢zÁgÉ. doctor.
§¤ß. He won't go anywhere
tomorrow morning. ¹ÃvÁ vÀgÀPÁj vÀgÉÆÃPÉ ¹nUÉ Sita has gone to city to bring
please come. ºÉÆÃVzÁ¼É. vegetables.

ªÀÄÆwð : JµÀÄÖ ¢£À EgÁÛ£É? For how many days will ªÀÄUÀÄ £Á¯ÁÌuÉ £ÀÄAVzÉ. The child has swallowed a
he be here ? four annas coin.

gÁdÄ : MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ EgÁÛ£É. ¨sÁ£ÀÄ He will be here for one CªÀgÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÀÄ£É PÀnÖ¹zÁgÉ. He has built a new house.
ªÁgÀ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆjUÉ week. They will go to £Á£ÀÄ ºÉƸÀ PÁgÀÄ I have bought a new car.
ºÉÆÃUÁÛgÉ. Halebid and Belur on
PÉÆAqÀÄPÉÆAr¢Ýä.
Sunday.
D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ¥Àæ§AzsÀ That boy has written a good
ªÀÄÆwð : AiÀiÁPÉ? CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr¯Áé? Why ? Hasn't he seen §gÉ¢zÁ£É. essay.
them? vÀªÀÄä vÀAzÉ M¼ÀUÉ ªÀÄ®VzÁgÉ. My father is sleeping inside.

gÁdÄ : CªÀ£ÀÄ £ÉÆÃr®è. MAzÀÄ
ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ
ºÉÆÃVzÉݪÀÅ. CªÀ£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ
§gÀ°®è. FUÀ CªÀ£À
¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ
£ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÀAvÉ.
No, he hasn't, All of us ¤ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä¤UÉ PÉ®¸À Has you younger brother got
had been there a year ago. ¹QÌzÉAiÀiÁ? a job ?
He alone hadn't come. He
had stayed at home. Now 22. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ¼ÉzÀ ªÀµÀð zɺÀ°UÉ I went to Delhi last year.
his seems they have to ºÉÆÃVzÉÝ.
see those places.
CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ They went to Chamundi hills
ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ. day before yesterday.

£ÁªÀÅ ºÀvÀÄÛ ªÀµÀðzÀ »AzÉ We saw the film `Naandi' ten

ªÀÄÆwð : £Á¼É ¨É½UÉÎ §jÛä CAvÀ Tell him that I would years ago.
come tomorrow morning `£ÁA¢' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃrzÉݪÀÅ.
CªÀ¤UÉ ºÉüÀÄ.
gÀªÉÄñÀ £À£ÀUÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝ. Ramesh wrote me a letter
166/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 18/167

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À Did you go on a tour of 2.5 £ÁªÀÅ ªÉÆ£Éß ZÁªÀÄÄAr We had not been to
ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ? Karnataka? ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVgÀ°®è. Chamundi hills day before
yesterday.
gÁdÄ ¨ÁA¨É¬ÄAzÀ ¤£ÀUÉ Did Raju bring you a sweater
¸Éélgï vÀA¢zÁÝ£Á? from Bombay?
D £Á¬Ä E£ÀÆß ¸ÀwÛgÀ°®è. That dog hadn't died yet.
¤£Éß ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï£À°è UÁA¢üÃf Gandhijis photo had
appeared in the paper zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃAzÉæAiÀĪÀgÀÄ We couldn't meet Bendre in
¥sÉÆÃmÉÆÃ §A¢vÀÄÛ. yesterday. Dharwar.
¹QÌgÀ°®è.
2.3 CªÀgÀÄ £Á¼É ¸ÁAiÀÄAPÁ® EµÀÄÖ They would have come by this CªÀ£ÀÄ C¢üPÁjUÀ½UÉ ®AZÀ He had not bribed the
ºÉÆwÛUÉ §A¢gÁÛgÉ. time tommorrow evening. PÉÆnÖgÀ°®è. officers.

2.6 gÀªÉÄñÀ EµÀÄÖ ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ Ramesh would'nt have come

¸ÀÄgÉñÀ RArvÀ gÀªÉÄñÀ¤UÉ Suresh would have certianly
§A¢gÀ®è. hometown by tenth.
£ÀÆgÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆnÖgÁÛ£É. paid hundred rupees to
Ramesh CªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÛ£Éà vÁjÃRÄ He wouldn't have reached
HjUÉ vÀ®Ä¦gÀ®è. his hometown by tenth.
¤ÃªÀÅ £Á¼É JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ Will you reach Madras
ªÀÄzÁæ¸ï vÀ®Ä¦jÛÃgÁ? tommorrow by eight o' clock. zsÀªÀÄðgÁAiÀÄ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ¸ÀļÀÄî A person like Dharmaraya
ºÉýgÀ®è. wouldn't have uttered a lie.
gÁdÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëUÉ J¯Áè ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼À Raju would have read all the
£ÀÄß N¢gÁÛ£É. lessons for the examination. PÀȵÀÚ£ÀAxÀªÀ£ÀÄ ªÉÆøÀ A person like krishna
ªÀiÁrgÀ®è. wouldn't have cheated.
2.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÆ PÁUÀzÀ No letter has come for you.
F zÉñÀzÀ°è vÀÄA¨Á d£À Most of the poor people
§A¢®è.
§qÀªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁrgÀ®è. would not have taken food in
CªÀ g À £ À Ä ß £É Æ ÃqÉ Æ ÃzÀ P É Ì No body has come to see him. this contry.
AiÀiÁgÀÄ §A¢®è.
3. Key to learners :
£À£Àß vÀªÀÄä ¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃV®è. My brother has not gone to
Dl DqÉÆÃPÉ ºÉÆÃVzÁ£É. Present, past and future perfect forms and their
city. He has gone to play.
corresponding negative forms are introduced. The
¨ÁåAQ£ÀªÀgÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ E£ÀÆß The bank has not yet given me stucture is, past participle form of the verb plus
¸Á® PÉÆnÖ®è. a loan. present, past and future tense form of the verb iru.
168/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
3.1 present perfect
bandu + idaare = bandidaare 'they have come'
nooDi +idaane = nooDidaane 'they have seen'
3.2 past perfect
bandu + idda = bandidda 'he had come
nooDi + idda = nooDidda ' he had seen'
3.3 Future perfect
bandu + irtaane = bandirtaane 'he would have
come'
nooDi + irtaane = noodirtaane 'he would have
seen'
3.4 The corresponding negation is obtained by adding the
negative from of the verb iru in present, past and future
tense to the past participle form of the verb.
bandu + illa = bandilla (one) 'hasn't come'
nooDi + illa = nooDilla (one) 'hasn't seen'
bandu + iralilla = bandiralilla (one) 'handn't come'
nooDi + iralilla = nooDiralilla (one) 'handn't seen'
bandu + iralla = bandiralla (one) 'would not have
come'
nooDi + iralla = nooDiralla (one) 'would not have
seen'
4. Exercise :
4.1 Fill in the blanks using the perfect forms of the verbs given
in the bracket.
4.1.1 EA¢gÀUÁA¢ü ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÁgÀ ªÉÄʸÀÆjUÉ________(§gÀÄ)
Lesson 18/169
4.1.2 °Ã¯Á gÁwæ £À£ÀUÉ MAzÀÄ PÀ£À¸ÀÄ ____________(©Ã¼ÀÄ)
4.1.3 °Ã¯Á ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ____________________(ºÉÆÃUÀÄ)
4.1.4 CªÀgÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ____________(§gÀÄ)
4.1.5 £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀ ¤£Éß ¸ÀAeÉ zÁjAiÀÄ°è ____________(¹PÀÄÌ)
4.2 Transform in following sentences into past perfect tense.
4.2.1 ¸Ágï, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¥sÉÆÃ£ï §A¢zÉ.
4.2.2 CªÀ£ÀÄ M¼Éî PÀxÉ §gÉ¢zÁÝ£É.
4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ZÁªÀÄÄAr ¨ÉlÖPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ.
4.2.4 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÀUÀ ªÉʨsÀªÀ¢AzÀ DZÀj¸ÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ MAzÀÄ ºÉƸÀ ªÁZÀÄ PÉÆArzÁÝ£É.
4.3 Transform into present perfect.
4.3.1 ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀÆÌ°UÉ §gÁÛgÉ.
4.3.2 EªÀvÀÄÛ ¥ÀjÃPÁë ¥sÀ°vÁA±À §gÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.3.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀ PÀxÉ N¢ÛÃj?
4.3.5 CªÀgÀÄ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ.
4.4 Transform-into future perfect
4.4.1 gÁªÀÄ ¸ÀAeÉ LzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ §gÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.4.2 CªÀgÀÄ Hl ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ£É.
4.4.3 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄ¼É §gÀÄvÉÛ.
4.5 Transform into negative
4.5.1 ¨ÁzÁ«ÄUÉ aãÁ zÉñÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹ ºÀÄåAiÀÄ£ïvÁìAUï §A¢zÀÝ.
170/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 18/171

4.5.2 PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀnÖ¹zÀÝ. 5. Vocabulary

4.5.3 CªÀgÀÄ PÁj£À°è §A¢zÁÝgÉ. CwÛUÉ `sister - in - law'
4.5.4 CªÀgÀÄ gÁeïPÀĪÀiÁgï ºÁqÀÄ PÉüÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃVzÁÝgÉ. G½zÀÄPÉƼÀÄî `to stay'
4.5.5 £ÁUÀgÁeï ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢gÁÛ£É.
5.1 Supplementary Vocabulary
4.5.6 CªÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¸À ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÀÄ.
C¢üPÁj `officer'
4.5.7 £Á£ÀÄ ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ £ÉÆÃrzÉÝãÉ.
£Á¯ÁÌuÉ `four annas'
4.5.8 gÀ« ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ªÀÄ®VgÁÛ£É.
£ÀÄAUÀÄ `to swallow'
4.6 Transform into Kannada. ¥Àæ§AzsÀ `essay'
4.6.1 Did you meet Ramesh in Dharawar?
¥ÀæªÁ¸À `tour'
4.6.2 Teachers from various states have come to learn
Kannada. ªÉÆøÀ `cheating'
4.6.3 Boys have gone to see the cricket match. gÉÆÃV `patient'
4.6.4 he had gone on office duty.
®AZÀ `bribe'
4.6.5 He would have come home by this time.
¸Á® `loan'
4.7 Answer the following questions.
¸ÀļÀÄî `lie'
4.7.1 ¤ªÀÄä vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä HjAzÀ §A¢zÁÝgÁ?
4.7.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÉÆÃzÀ ªÀµÀð ©ÃzÀgïUÉ ºÉÆÃV¢ÝgÁ?
4.7.3 ¤ªÀÄä eÉÆÃUï d®¥ÁvÀ £ÉÆÃr¢ÝÃgÁ ?
4.7.4 ¤ÃªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢¢ÝÃgÁ?

¥ÁoÀ - 19
1. Narration
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ
P£
À ÁðlPz À À ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®à
PÉÃAzÀæUÀ¼ÀÄ. C°è ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀÄ PÀnÖ¹zÀ
dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ½ªÉ. F
JgÀqÀÆ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÆ FV£À ºÁ¸À£À
f¯É è A iÀ Ä °è ª É . ¨É A UÀ ¼ À Æ j¤AzÀ
ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀ Ä 250
Q¯ÉÆëÄÃlgï DUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ 15
Q¯ÉÆëÄlgï.
ºÀ¼ÉéÃr£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÉñÀégÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À.
¨É à ®Æj£À ° è g À Ä ªÀ zÉ Ã ªÀ ¸ ÁÜ£À z À
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ.
¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ
gÁd£À ºÉ ¸ À g À Ä ºÉ Æ AiÀ Ä ì¼À
«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. EªÀ£ÀÄ gÁdå¨sÁgÀ
ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛ EzÀÝ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtð AiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß
PÀArvÀÄÛ. EªÀ£À ºÉAqÀw ±ÁAvÀ¯Á
`£ÁlågÁt' JA§ ©gÄÀzÄÀ ¥q À zÉ ª
À ¼
À ÄÀ.
EªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÁlåPÀ¯ÉUÉ ¸À°è¹zÀ PÁtÂPÉ
C¥ÁgÀ. ºÀ¼É©ÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À
PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÉÃvÀªÀÄ®è. CªÀ£ÀÄ
«µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À£À zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ DVzÀÝ.
Halebid and Belur are
famous architectural centres
of Karnataka. The world
famous tempels built by
Hoysalas, are there. These
places are in the present
Hassan district. Halebid is
about 250 kms. from
Bangalore. It is only 15 kms.
from Halebid to Belur.
The name of the temple at
Helebid is Hoysaleswara
temple. The name of the temple
at Belur is Channakesava
temple. The name of the king
who built Belur temple is,
Hoysala Vishnuvardhana. At
the time when he was ruling,
Karnataka saw the golden age
in architecture. His wife
Shantala had a title - `Queen
of Dance'. Her contribution to
the art or dance is remarkable.
The man who built Halebid
temple was Ketamalla. He
was Commander-in-chief of
Vishnuvardhana.
»AzÉ ºÀ¼ÉéÃrUÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ
zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ CAvÀ. ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ
CAvÀ. ºÆ É AiÄÀå¼g À À gÁdzÁs¤AiiÀÁVzÝÀ
zÁg é ¸
À ª
À ÄÀÄzæÀ ªÆ É U® À gÀ DPª
æÀ ÄÀt¢AzÀ
ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ. ºÁ¼ÁzÀ HjUÉ
ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ CAvÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §AvÀÄ.
`ªÃɯÁ¥ÄÀg'À JAzÄÀ ¥ÄÀgÁtU¼ À °
À è
¥¹æÀ zÞÀªÁzÀ ¥z æÀ ÃɱÀ FUÀ ¨ÃÉ®ÆgÄÀ
JAzÁVz.É
DUÁUÎÉ zÁ½ ªiÀÁqÁÛ EzÝÀ ªÆ É U®
À The people protected the
jAzÀ d£g À ÄÀ Erà zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß
ªÀÄgÀ½¤AzÀ ªÀÄÄaÑ gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ. ºÁUÉ
G½zÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼Éà EAzÀÄ
PÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛ ¤AwªÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ
²°àUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ dPÀÌt ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÀAPÀt
CAvÀ d£À ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ. DzÀgÉ
zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ PÀlÖqÀzÀ°è ªÀÄ°èvÀªÀÄä
JA§ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ EzÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ËAzÀAiÀÄð
£É Æ ÃrAiÉ Ä Ã C£À Ä ¨s À « ¸À ¨ É Ã PÀ Ä .
²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀiÁrgÀĪÀ PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À
CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ. CµÀÄÖ ¸ÀÆPÀëöäªÁzÀ
PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ §¼À¥ÀzÀ
PÀ®Äè G¥AÀiÆ É ÃV¹zÁÝg.É zÃɪ¸À ÁÜ£z À À
ºÉÆgÀUÉÆÃqÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄt
Lesson 19/173
The earlier name of
Halebid was Dwarasamudra,
which was the capital of
Hoysalas and ruined by the
Mogal invasion. The town got
the name Halebid (old
township). The place which
was famous as 'Velapura' in
mythology is now called
Belur.
temples from the frequent
invasions of Moghals by
covering them with sand. The
temples thus saved stand
proclaiming their artistry
even today.
People say that the archi-
tects who built these temples
are Jakkana and Danakana.
But there is another name
`Mallitamma' on the building.
One can know the beauty
of these temples only by
seeing them. The subtle
carvings of the sculptors are
marvellous. To achieve such a
delicacy in carving they have
used soapstone. The scenes
from the Ramayana and the
174/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
ªÀĺÁ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ zÀȱÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ, ±ÁAvÀ¯Á
£Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀzÀ
PÀ®Äè, ««zsÀ ¨sÀAVAiÀÄ°è £Álå
ªÀiÁqÀÛ EgÀĪÀ ²¯Á¨Á°PÉAiÀÄgÀÄ,
£ÀAiÀĪÁV PÉwÛzÀ §¸ÀªÀ EªÉ®è
²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ°è PÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. EzÀÄ zÁæ«qÀ
ºÁUÀÄ GvÀÛgÀzÀ £ÁUÀgÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ
¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ. £ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀzÀ dUÀ°AiÀÄ
ªÉÄÃ¯É Cw JvÀÛgÀªÀÇ C®èzÀ Cw
aPÀÌzÀÆ C®èzÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À EzÉ.
F JgÀqÀÆ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À°è
CzÀQÌAvÀ EzÀÄ, EzÀQÌAvÀ CzÀÄ
±ÉæõÀ× C£ÀÄߪÀ ºÁUÉ E®è. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
£ÉÆÃr D£ÀA¢¸À¨ÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ
±ÉæõÀ× JAzÀÄ ¤tð¬Ä¸ÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
ºÉ Æ ÃUÀ ¨ ÁgÀ z À Ä . CªÀ Å UÀ ¼ À £ À Ä ß
£ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ªÀåQÛ £ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ.
F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä
C°èUÉ ¢£Á §gÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ £ÀÆgÁgÀÄ
d£À. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è F zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À
UÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À.
MªÉÄä §AzÀªÀjUÉ ªÀÄvÉÛ §gÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ
J£ÀÄߪÀAvÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. MAzÀÄ ¸Áj
£É Æ ÃrzÀ ª À j UÉ ªÀ Ä vÉ Û ªÀ Ä vÉ Û
Mahabharata on the walls of
the temple, the round stone on
which Shantala used to dance,
the Shilaballikas in various
dancing postures, finely
carved bull, all these are gifts
of sculptors.
These temples are built in
the Karnataka style. The
Karnataka style is combination
of the Dravida and the
northern nagara style. On a
star shaped plat from there is a
temple which is neither too
large nor too small.
It is not possible to say that
this temple is greater than that
or that is a superior to this. one
should see them to enjoy
them. one shouldn't try to
decide which is superior on
who hasn't see them is an
unfortunate man indeed.
The number of people
who come there daily to see
these temples are in hundreds.
In Karnataka the people who
haven't seen these temples are
rere indeed. Those who come
once feel like coming again. It
Lesson 19/175
£ÉÆÃrzÀgÀÆ ¨ÉøÀgÀªÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è. is not boring to see these again
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj¤AzÀ §gÀĪÀªÀjUÉ FUÀ and again. Now there is good
ºÉaÑ£À §¸ï ¸ËPÀAiÀÄð EzÉ. FUÀ bus service for those who
C°èUÉ §gÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÀASÉå eÁ¹Û come from Bangalore. As the
EgÀĪÀÅzÀjAzÀ ¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀjUÉ J¯Áè number of visitors has
C£ÀÄPÀÆ® PÀ°à¸À¯ÁVzÉ. increased now all facilities
have been provided.
2. Pattern drill
21. £ÁªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀ®Ä ºÉÆÃUÁÛ The places that we are going
EgÀĪÀ ¸ÀܼÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, to see are Halebid and
Belur.
¨ÉîÆgÀÄ.
CªÀgÀÄ vÀj¸ÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï The newspaper that they are
getting is prajavani.
¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ NzÁÛ EgÀĪÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ The book that she is reading
is `Maralimannige'
ªÀÄgÀ½ ªÀÄtÂÚUÉ.
22. ¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀzÀ The name of the temple
ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ZÉ£ÀßPÉñÀªÀ zÉêÁ®AiÀÄ. which is at Belur is Channa-
keshava temple.
£ÁªÀÅ EªÀvÀÄÛ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ The movie that we are going
¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉÆêÀÄ£À zÀÄr. to see today is `Chomana
Dudi'
CªÀgÀÄ PÉüÀĪÀ ¥Àæ±Éß ¸ÀjAiÀÄ®è. The question that he asks is
not correct.
2.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃrzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ Which is the film that you
176/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 19/177

AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? saw? ¥À Ä lÖ ¥ À à £ À ª À g À Ä §gÉ A iÀ Ä zÀ There is no literary form in

¸Á»vÁå ¥ÀæPÁgÀ E®è. which puttappa has not
¤£Éß ªÀiÁrzÀ ¥ÁoÀ N¢. Read the lesson which was written.
done yesterday.
CªÀgÀÄ PÉÆlÖ ºÀt K£ÀÄ What did you do with the 2.7 ¤ªÀ Ä ä°è CgÀ ª À Ä £É A iÀ Ä £À Ä ß Who is the one among you
ªÀiÁrzÉ.? £ÉÆÃqÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? who has not seen the palace ?
money which he paid ?
EªÀvÀÄÛ ºÉÆÃA ªÀPïð §gÉAiÀÄ Who are those who have not
2.4 EzÀÄ ±ÁAvÀ¯Á £Álå ªÀiÁqÁÛ This is the place where
zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? written home-work today?
EzÀÝ eÁUÀ. Shantala used to dance.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ The college where she was ¤ ª À Ä ä ° è £ Á ¼ É l Æ g ï Who are the ones who are not
PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ ªÀĺÁgÁd PÁ¯ÉÃdÄ. working is Maharaja's ºÉÆÃUÀzÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? going for tour tomorrow?
College
£ÁªÀÅ ªÁ¸À ªÀiÁqÁÛ EzÀÝ The place where we were 2.8 £ÀªÀÄä D¦üù£À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ There are ten person in our
office who do not know
HgÀÄ w¥ÀlÆgÀÄ. living was Tiptur. §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ ºÀvÀÄÛ d£À EzÁgÉ.
Kannada.

2.5 ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼ÀgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVzÀÝ Dwarasamudra, which was
zÁégÀ¸ÀªÀÄÄzÀæ ºÁ¼Á¬ÄvÀÄ.
¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝ ºÀÄqÀÄV Who was the girl who had
AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ¼ÀÄ»¹zÀ ºÀt JµÀÄÖ?
2.6 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÖzÀ ¸ÉƦà®è.
CªÀ¤UÉ UÉÆwÛ®èzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ«®è.
CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉÆÃqÀzÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ E®è.
the capital of Hoysalas, was
ruined.
come to your home ?
What was the amount that
you sent?
There is no plant which a
goat doesn't touch.
There is nothing which he
doesn't know.
There are no films which she
doesn't see.
£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è NzÀzÀªÀ¼ÀÄ The only one who has not
£À£Àß vÀAV M§â¼É. studied in our hose is my
younger sister.
£ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄAwæªÀÄAqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ There are two in our cabinet
§gÉAiÉÆÃPÉ §gÀzÀªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÄ who do not know to write
EzÁÝgÉ. Kannada
2.9 CzÀÄ ¤Ã£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀzÀ PÉ®¸À It is not something which
you have never done.
C®è.
It is not something which he
EzÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ PÉüÀzÀ «µÀAiÀÄ
hasn't heard before.
C®è.
2.10CzÀÄ PÉ®¸ÀPÉÌ §gÀzÀ ¥É£ÀÄß. It is a pen that is of no use.
178/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 19/179

CzÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÀ®èzÀ It is a house which is unfit PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ¸ÉßúÀ Don't give up the company of
ªÀÄ£É. for living. ©qÀ¨ÉÃr. those who speak Kannada.
CªÀgÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ®è »AdjAiÀÄzÀ He is not a person who would £ÀªÀÄä ºÁ¸ÉÖ°£À°è PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀĪÀ We have awoman in our
ªÀåQÛ. flinch at all that. ªÀ¼ÀÄ EzÁݼÉ. hostel to sweep.

2.11 ºÉüÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ EªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ He won't do anything unless 2.14¤ªÀÄä°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ How many among you are
ªÀiÁqÉÆâ®è. he is told. EgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EµÀÄÖ d£À? learning Kannada?
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀgÉAiÀÄzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ CªÀ£ÀÄ Unless you call him he won't £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAVÃvÀ One who is learning music in
§gÀĪÀÅ¢®è. come. PÀ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ¼ÀÄ PÀªÀÄ®. our family is Kamala.
¤ÃªÀÅ NzÀzÀ ºÉÆgÀvÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉë Unless you read you won't get eÉÆÃgÁV NzÀÄvÁÛ EgÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ One who is reading loudly is
AiÀÄ°è ¥Á¸ÁUÀĪÀÅ¢®è. through in the examination. £À£Àß ªÀÄUÀ. my son.

2.15¤ªÀÄUÉ ªÀÄ£É ¨ÁrUÉ PÉÆlÖªÀgÀÄ Who rented you the house ?

2.12§mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À. One who washes clothes is a AiÀiÁgÀÄ.
was her man.
£À£ÀUÉ ¥ÀvÀæ §gÉzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D One who wrote me a letter is
¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀ. One who teaches is a teacher.
ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ. that boy.
ªÀÄgÀUÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ §qÀV. One who does wood work is a
. carpenter. ¤£Àß ¸ÀAeÉ ¸ÀAVÃvÀ ºÁrzÀ One who sang yesterday
ZÀ ¥ À à ° ºÉ Æ °AiÀ Ä ÄªÀ ª À £ À Ä One who makes chappals is a ªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß vÀAV. evening is my younger sister.
ZÀªÀiÁägÀ. cobbler. 2.16£À£Àß ªÀiÁwUÉ £ÀUÁÛ EzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ One who used to laugh at me
§mÉÖ ºÉÆ°AiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ zÀfð. One who makes clothes is a
£À£Àß gÀƪÀiïªÉÄÃmï. was my room mate.
tails £ÀªÀÄUÉ NzÉÆÃPÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÁÛ One who was paying for our
ªÀÄqÀPÉ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ One who makes post is a EzÀݪÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä aPÀÌ¥Àà. studies was my uncle.
PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ. potter.
3. Key to learners :
¥ÀzÀå §gÉAiÀÄĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«. One who writes poetry is a
Relative participle constructions, negative relative
poet.
2.13 £ÀqÉAiÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ JqÀªÀÅvÁÛ£É. participle constractions, participle nuns and negative
One who walks trips. participle nouns are introduced in this lesson.
180/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 19/181

3.1 Relative participle constructions : naavu tinda jaamuunu cennaagittu.

-a is the relative participle maker in Kannada. The the jamun that we are eat was good.
structure of the relative participle in Kannada changes naanu hayskuulinalli kalita ingliish maretu
according to tense. hooytu.
I forgot the English which I learnt in High
3.1.1 Non-past-relative participle School.
The structure is, niinu koTTa haNa kharchaaytu.
hoogu + a = hooguva. he money which you paid was spent.
bare + a = bareyuva. anannannu nooDi nakka huDuga ivane.
kuDi + a = kuDiyuva. He is the boy who laughed at me.
avanu hooguva sthaLa kemmaNNuguNDi. niivu hoosadaagi konDa kaaru heegide?
the place to which he goes is Kemmannugundi. How is the car which you newly bought?
avaLu bareyuva kathe saNNadu. naavu nooDida sinnimaa cennaagide.
the story the she writes is a short one. The film which we saw is good.
avaru kuDiyuva kaafi bru kaafi.
3.1.3 Perfect Tense :
Coffee they drink is bru coffee.
Note the addition of - v-and-uva-when-u-and-i, -e, ending 3.1.3.1 Present perfect :
verbs added to R.P The structure is,
Verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
3.1.2 Past : nooDi + iru + a = nooDiruva.
The structure is,
bandu + iru + a = bandiruva.
Past tense stem + R. P.
nimma magaLige nooDiruva huDuganige eenu
tind + a = tinda
kelasa?
kalit + a = kalita
What is the occupation of the boy whom you
koTT + a = koTTa
have seen (for marriage alliance) for your
nakk + a = nakka
daughter?
koND + a = koNDa
assaamininda bandiruva I.A.S. adhikaari ivaree.
nooDid + a = nooDida.
He is the I.A.S. officer who has come form Assam.
182/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
3.1.3.2 Past perfect :
The structure is,
Verbal participle stem + id + R.P.
koTTu + id + a = koTTidda.
bandu + id + a = bandidda.
naanu ninage koTTidda pennu elli?
Where is the pen which I had given you?
rushyashrunga maysuurige bandidda varsha maLe
cennaage bandittu.
The year in which Rishyashringa had come to Mysore,
it rained well.
3.1.4 Continuous Tense:
3.1.4.1 Present continuous :
The structure is,
Continuous stem + iru + R.P.
maaDutta + iru + a = maadutta iruva.
oodutta + iru + a = oodutta iruva
alli kelsa maaDutta iruva huDuga nanna tamma.
The boy who is working there is my younger
brother.
avanu oodutta iruva pustaka samskaara.
The book that he is reading is Samskara.
3.1.4.2 Past continuous :
The structure is,
Continuos stem + id + R.P.
hoogutta + id + a = hoogutta idda.
bareyutta + id + a = bareyutta idda.
Lesson 19/183
naanu hoogutta idda bas nadige bittu.
The bus in which I was going fell ingo a river.
avaru bareyuttaa idda Kaadambari mugidilla.
The novel he was writing has not yet been
completed.
Note that the R.P. construction is always followed by a
noun. This is otherwise called as adjectival Participle.
R.P. is always used as subordinate class which is
follwed by a finite main clause.
3.2 Nagative R. P.
-add is the negative R. P. maker. By adding -add to the
verb root, negative R.P. is obtained. This negation
applies to all tenses except for perfect tenses.
nooDu + ada = nooDada.
naanu nooDada sinima adonde.
That is the only movie which I have not seen.
Whereas, the structure for past perfect tense is, negative
verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
maaDade + id + a = maaDade idda.
heeLade + id + a = heeLade idda.
avanu maaDade idda kelasa naanu maaDide.
I did the work which he didn't do.
Kaangres heeLade idda satyaana Kamyuunis Taru
heelidaru
Communists said the truth, which the Congress
hadn't said.
The structure of present perfect is,
184/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
negative verbal participle stem + iru + R.P.
nooDade + iru + a = nooDade iruva.
koDade + iru + a = koDade iruva.
adhyaapakaru nooDade iruva pustakaana
vidyaarthigaLu nooDabaaradu.
Students shouldn't see the books which the teachers
haven't seen.
avaru koDade iruva pustakaana nanu nimage heege
koDali?
How can I lend you a book which he hasn't lent
you?
3.3 Participle nouns :
participle nouns are obtained by adding third person
human pronouns to the R.P. form of the verb. The
participle nouns can be added to all tenses.
3.3.1. Non-past
baruva + avanu = baruvavanu.
taruva + avaLu = taruvavaLu.
koDuva + avaru = koDuvavaru.
ivattu namma manege baruvavanu nanna sneethita.
The one who comes to my house today is my friend.
nanage habbakke SarT taruvavaLu nanna akka.
The one who brings shirt for me for festival is my
elder sister.
samaarambhadalli sarTifikkeT koDuvavavaru
mantrigaLu.
Lesson 19/185
The one who gives the certificates at the function is
minister.
3.3.2 past tense :
gaandhiyannu kondavanu gooDse.
The one who killed Gandhi was Godse.
halavaaru janarannu kondavaLu phuulan deevi.
The one who killed many people is Pholan Devi.
nimage ii pustaka koTTavaru yaaru?
Who is the one who gave you this book?
3.3.3 Perfect tense :
3.3.3.1 Present!
namma maneyalli taajmahal nooDiruvavanu
naanobbane.
I am the only one in my family who has seen
Tajmahal.
ii skuulinalli paasaagiruvavaLu kamala obbaLe.
The only one who has passed in this school is
Kamala.
nimmalli paTTadakallu nooDiruvavaru yaaru?
Who is the one among you who has seen
Pattadakallu?
3.3.3.2 Past :
ii pustaka tandiddavanu raaju.
The one who had brought this book was Raju.
nanage kaagada barediddavaLu sudha.
The one who had written me a letter was Sudha.
186/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
keeraLadinda bandiddavaru elli?
where are those who had come from Kerala?
3.3.4 Continuous tense
3.3.4.1 Present
alli ooDuttaa iruvavanu ranga.
The one who is running there is Ranga.
aa kelasa maaDutta iruvavaLu vanaja.
The one who is doing that work is Vanaja.
alli hooguttaa iruvavaru saynikaru.
Those who are going there are soldiers.
3.3.4.2 Past
ninne ninna jote baruttaa iddavanu yaru?
Who is the one who was coming with you yester
day?
avana jote haaDutta iddavaLu yaaru?
Who is the one who was singing with him?
daariyalli galaaTe maaDuttaa iddavaru
caLavaLigaararu.
Those who were making noise on the road were
agitators.
3.4 The negative participle noun is obtained by adding third
person human pronouns to negative R.P. There is no
tense distinction.
nooDada + avanu = nooDadavanu
+ avaLu = nooDadavaLu
+ avaru = nooDadavaru
nimmalli 'Sankar guru' sinimaa nooDadavaru yaaru?
Who is the one among you who has not seen the movie
Shankar Guru?
Lesson 19/187
4. Exercise
4.1.1 Rewrite as directed.
4.1.1 CªÀgÀÄ §gÉ¢gÀĪÀ PÀxÉ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉ. (into past perfect)
4.1.2 ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀªÀ£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀ gÁd «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À. (into
past perfect)
4.1.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÁÛ EgÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄ ¤d C®è. (into past)
4.1.4 DAzsÀæ ¥ÀæzÉñÀ¢AzÀ §A¢zÀÝ «zÁåyðUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èzÁÝgÉ?. (into
past perfect)
4.1.5 ¤ÃªÀÅ £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀ ¹¤ªÀiÁ ZÉ£ÁßVzÉAiÀiÁ. (into past)
4.1.6 ºÉÆgÀUÀqÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀÄwÛgÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ. (into non past)
4.1.7 £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §AzÀªÀ£ÀÄ D ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ. (into past perfect)
4.1.8 D ºÀÄqÀÄVAiÀÄ£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ §ºÀ¼À d£À. (into past)
4.2 Combine the following sentences
4.2.1 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀgÀÄ CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ.
4.2.2 EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀ¥Àà° ºÉÆ°AiÀÄÄvÁÛ£É.
EªÀ£ÀÄ ZÀªÀiÁägÀ.
4.2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ©âtzÀ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀªÀiÁägÀ.
4.2.4 CªÀ£ÀÄ §mÉÖ MUÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ CUÀ¸À£À®è.
4.2.5 CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«vÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ«AiÀÄ®è.
4.2.6 CªÀ¼ÀÄ ¨ÁåAQ£À°è PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁqÀÛ EzÁ¼É.
188/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 19/189

CªÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀPÀÌzÀ°è EzÁ¼É. 4.5.9 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À PÀlÄÖªÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAxÀ PÀ®Äè §¼À¹zÁÝgÉ?
4.2.7 CªÀgÀÄ OµÀ¢ü PÉÆqÁÛgÉ. 4.5.10 ²®àUÀ¼ÀÄ ©lÄÖ ºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ PÁtÂPÉ K£ÀÄ?
CªÀgÀÄ ªÉÊzÀågÀÄ. 4.5.11 ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ ²®àzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ° JAzÀgÉãÀÄ?
4.3 Transform into double negative
5. Vocabulary
4.3.1 ¤ÃªÀÅ N¢zÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ EzÀÄ.
C£ÀĨsÀªÀ `experience'
4.3.2 CªÀgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀ PÉ®¸À vÀÄA¨Á EzÉ.
C¥ÀgÀÆ¥À `rear'
4.3.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ºÉüÀĪÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ C£ÉÃPÀ EªÉ.
C¥ÁgÀ `plenty'
4.3.4 £À£ÀUÉ N¢zÀ ºÀÄqÀÄV EµÀÖ.
DPÀæªÀÄt `attack'
4.4 Transform into double negative
D£ÀA¢¸ÀÄ `to enjoy'
4.4.1 DqÀÄ ªÀÄÄlÄÖªÀ ¸ÉÆ¥ÀÄà EzÉ.
PÀlÄÖ `to build'
4.4.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.
PÁtÂPÉ `gift'
4.4.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À £ÉÆÃqÀĪÀªÀgÀÄ EzÁgÉ.
PÀĸÀÄj PÉ®¸À `subtle carving'
4.5 Answer the following questions. PÉÃAzÀæ `centre'
4.5.1 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀ f¯ÉèAiÀÄ°èªÉ?
dUÀvÀàç¹zÀÞ `world famous'
4.5.2 ºÀ¼ÉéÃr¤AzÀ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ JµÀÄÖ zÀÆgÀ?
dUÀ° `platfrom'
4.5.3 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÉîÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ?
zÀAqÀ£ÁAiÀÄPÀ `commander in chief'
CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀnÖ¹zÀªÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
4.5.4 d£ÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁjAzÀ ºÉÃUÉ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß gÀQë¹zÀgÀÄ?
zÁ½ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to invade'

4.5.5 zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤«Äð¹zÀ ²°àUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ? zÀȱÀå `scene'

4.5.6 ±ÁAvÀ¯ÁUÉ EzÀÝ ©gÀÄzÀÄ K£ÀÄ? zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£À `temple'

4.5.7 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀªÀ£ÀÄß £ÀvÀzÀȵÀÖ `unfortunate person'

PÀArvÀÄÛ? £ÀAiÀÄ `fine, soft'
4.5.8 ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ¨ÉîÆjUÉ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ? £ÀPÀëvÁæPÁgÀ `star shape'
190/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 19/191

£ÁlåPÀ¯É `art of dance' ±ÉÊ° `style'

£ÁlågÁt `queen of dance' ºÁ¼ÁUÀÄ `to ruin'
¤tð¬Ä¸ÀÄ `to decide' 5.2 Supplementary vocabulary.
¥ÀqÉ `to possess' CUÀ¸À `washerman'
§¸ÀªÀ `bull' DqÀÄ `goat'
§¼À¥ÀzÀ PÀ®Äè `soap stone' JqÀªÀÅ `to trip over'
©gÀÄzÀÄ `titile' PÀ¸À UÀÄr¸ÀÄ `to sweep'
¨ÉøÀgÀ `boredom' PÀÄA¨ÁgÀ `potter'
ªÀÄgÀ¼ÀÄ `sand' ZÀªÀiÁägÀ `cobbler'
ªÉÄgÉ `to proclaim' PÀªÀiÁägÀ `blacksmith'
gÁdå¨sÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀÄ `to rule' zÀfð `tailor'
ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®à `architecture' £ÀqÉ `to walk'
««zsÀ ¨sÀAV `various postures' §qÀV `carpenter'
ªÀÈvÁÛPÁgÀ `ciruclar' ªÀÄqÀPÉ `pot'
¸ÀAUÀªÀÄ `confluence' ªÀÄAwæ ªÀÄAqÀ® `cabinet'
¸ÀĪÀtðAiÀÄÄUÀ `golden age' AiÉÆÃUÀå `fit'
¸ËPÀAiÀÄð `facility' ¸Á»vÀå `literary form'
²°à `sculptor' »Adj `to flinch'
²°àPÀ¯É `architecture'
²¯Á¨Á°PÉ `maidens carved in stone'
±ÉæõÀ× `superior'
 Lesson 20/193

¥ÁoÀ - 19 PÀªÀÄ® : mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ? At what time is there a

train?
1. Dialogue:
²Ã® : ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ. It is at eleven o' clock.
PÀªÀÄ® : FUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ If i go now can I get a bus to
§¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÁÛ? Bangalore ? PÀªÀÄ® : vÀÄA¨Á ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. £Á£ÀÄ It will be too late. If I don't
¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £À£Àß go early me friend won't be
²Ã® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If you go immediately you available.
will get it. ¸ÉßûvÉ ¹UÀ®è.
¹UÀ®èªÁ?
²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ If you go to Bangalore will
PÀªÀÄ® : vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If I don't go immediately EªÀvÉÛà ªÁ¥À¸ï §jÛÃgÁ? you come back today itself?
¹UÀ®èªÁ? won't it be available ?
PÀªÀÄ® : PÉ®¸À DzÀgÉ §jÛä. DUÀzÉ If the work is over I shall
²Ã® : E®è, vÀPÀët ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ No, If you don't go EzÀÝgÉ £Á¼É ¸ÀAeÉ §jÛä. come back. If it is not over. I
EzÀÝgÉ ¹UÀ®è. immediatly you won't get it. shall come tomorrow
evening.
PÀªÀÄ® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ At what time is the next
EzÉ. ²Ã® : £Á¼É §gÁÛ EzÝÀgÉ ££
À U
À ÉÆAzÀÄ If you are coming tomorrow
bus?
¸ÀºÁAiÀÄ ªÀÄrÛÃgÁ? will you do me a favour?
²Ã® : ªÀÄÄA¢£À §¸ÀÄì ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ The next one is at 12o'
UÀAmÉUÉ EzÉ. clock. PÀªÀÄ® : K£ÀÄ ? What is that?

PÀªÀÄ® : CzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. If I go by that, it will be
²Ã® : vÀÄA¨Á CeÉðAmï PÉ®¸À
EzÉAiÀiÁ?
PÀªÀÄ® : ºËzÀÄ. £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÉ
PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ¼É.
²Ã® : F §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀzÉ EzÉæ
mÉæöʤUÉ ºÉÆÃV.
late.
Do you have urgent work?
Yes my friend get this bus
you can go by train.
If you don't get this bus you
can go by train.
²Ã® : £À£ÀUÉÆAzÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ ¨ÉÃPÀÄ. I want a book.
PÀªÀÄ® : AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ? Which one ?
²Ã® : gÁªÀiÁAiÀÄtzÀ±Àð£ÀA. Ramayana Darshanam.
PÀªÀÄ® : J°è ¹UÀÄvÉÛÃ? Where is it available?
²Ã® : ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ §ÄPï §ÆågÉÆÃUÉ If you go to Bangalore
ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¹UÀÄvÉÛ. Book Bereau, it is available
there.
PÀªÀÄ® : C°è ¹QÌzÀgÉ vÀjÛä. ¹UÀzÉ If it is available there I will
194/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 20/195

EzÀÝgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀ°?. bring it. If it is not avail able 2.4 ºÁ®Ä PÀÄr¹zÀgÉ ªÀÄUÀÄ If the baby is fed it won't cry.
there, what shall I do? C¼À®è.
PÀªÀÄ® : ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃr. If it is not available don't FUÀ ªÀÄ£É ©lÖgÉ CAxÀ ªÀÄ£É If you give up the house you
bother. ¹PÀÌ®è. are in now, you won't get
such an one.

£ÁªÃÉ CrUÉ ªiÀÁrPÉÆAqÀgÉ If we cook our own food, it

2. Pattern drill won't be expensive.
ºÉZÀÄÑ RZÀÄð §gÀ®è.
2.1 CªÀ£ÀÄ §¸ï ¹QÌzÀgÉ If he gets a bus he will come to 2.5 ªÀģɬÄAzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §AzÀgÉ If you get a letter from home
§ÈAzÁªÀ£ÀPÉÌ §gÁÛ£É. Brindavan. HjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛÃAiÀiÁ? will you go to your home
¤Ã£ÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ £Á£ÀÄ If you give me money I will go town?
¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVÛä. to a movie. ¨É¼ÀUÉÎ ºÉÆgÀlgÉ ¤ªÀÄä If you start in the morning at
£Á£ÀÄ ¥sÀ¸ïÖ PÁè¹£À°è If I get through in first class HjUÉ JµÀÄÖ UÀAmÉUÉ what time will you reach
¥Á¸ÁzÀgÉ JA. J¸ï.¹.UÉ I shall join M.sc. ¸ÉÃjÛÃj? your home town ?
¸ÉÃjÛä. £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÉ If I come to Bangalore where
¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß J°è £ÉÆÃqÀ°? can I see you?
2.2 gÁdÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀj. If Raju has come call him.
2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ¸Á¬ÄÛä CAzÀgÉ If I say I will die, they will
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÉ If you have learnt Kannada
speak in it. ¨ÉÃqÀ CAvÁgÉ. say don't.
PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà ªÀiÁvÀ£Ár.
¤£ÀUÉ PÉ®¸À ¹UÀ°®è CAzÀgÉ If you don't get a job what
¤ÃªÀÅ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉ¢zÀÝgÉ If you have written the lesson
you may go. K£ÁärÛÃAiÀÄ? will you do?
ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
2.7 £Á£ÀÄ C°èUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ It won't be nice, if I don't go
2.3 ¤ à ª À Å ¨ É A U À ¼ À Æ j U É If you are going to Bangalore EzÀÝgÉ ZÉ£ÁßVgÀ®è. there.
ºÉÆÃUÁÛ zÀÝgÉ ºÉý. tell me.
¤ÃªÀÅ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ If you don't come, they won't
¤ÃªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §jÃvÁ If you start writing a letter, it §gÀ®è. come.
PÀÆvÀgÉ ¯ÉÃmÁUÀÄvÉÛ. will be late.
nPÉmï ¹UÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £ÁªÀÅ If we don't get the tickets, we
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ ªÀiÁqÁÛ If he is teaching one gets ¹¤ªÀiÁPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÀ®è. won't go to the movie.
EzÀÝgÉ ¤zÉæ §gÀÄvÉÛ. sleepy.
2.8 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÉÆAzÀgÉ DUÀzÉ If it is not trouble to you
196/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 20/197

EzÀÝ°è zÀAiÀÄ«lÄÖ §¤ß. please do come. 3.1 Non past

ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¯ÉÃmÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If we are not delayed at home, The stucture is,
¹nUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. we can go to city. past stem + conditional marker.
CªÀ¤UÉ PÉ®¸À ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If he does'nt get a job let him nakk + are = nakkare.
ªÁå¥ÁgÀ ªÀiÁqÀ°. do business. Kamala bandare kari. 'If kamala comes call her'.
nanna nooDi nakkare ninna hallu muriitiini.
£ÀªÀÄUÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹PÀÌzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If we don't get a bus, let us go
'If you laugh at me, I shall break your teeth'.
DmÉÆÃzÀ°è ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃt. by an auto.
2.9 £À£Àß ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §gÀzÉ If my friends do not come 3.2 Continuous
EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¹nUÉ §jÛä. home, I will come to city. The structure is,
continuous stem + conditional of 'iru'
CªÀgÀ ºÉAqÀw HjUÉ If his wife does not go to her
bartaa + iddare = bartaa iddare.
ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä home town, he will come with
us. avanu bartaa iddare kari. 'IF he is coming call him.'
eÉÆvÉAiÀÄ°è §gÁÛgÉ.
avaLu nagtaa iddare aLu baratte.
£ÁªÀÅ gÁªÀÄ£À ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ If we do not go to Ramu's 'If she is laughing I feel like weeping'.
ºÉÆgÀqÀ¢zÀÝgÉ CªÀ£Éà E°èUÉ house early he himself will
come here. 3.3 Perfect tense
§gÁÛ£É.
The structure is,
2.10 CªÀ£ÀÄ K£ÀÆ ªÀiÁqÁÛ If he is not doing anythig ask
him to sleep. verbal participle stem + conditional of iru.
E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ªÀÄ®V
PÉƼÉÆîÃPÉ ºÉüÀÄ. bandu + iddare = bandiddare.
ninage laaTari bandiddare nanage sviiT koDisu.
¸ÀÄgÉñÀ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ If Suresh is not going to his 'If you have won the lottery get me sweets.'
E®èzÉ EzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ home town I shall go.
Note that the conditional constructions is mentioned
ºÉÆÃVÛ¤.
above refer to non-past events.

3. Key to learners : 3.4 The simple negative conditional is obtained by adding

iddare to the verbal participle negation.
The simple conditional construction is introduced in this
obdade + iddare = oodade iddare
lesson. -are is the conditional marker. This conditinal
maker is added to different tenses. niinu cennaagi oodade iddare feelaagtiiye.
198/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
If you don't read well you will fai.
avaru barade iddare naanu hoogalla.
'If he doesn't come I won't go.'
3.5 The continuous negative conditional is obtained by
adding illade iddare or irade iddare to the continuous
stem.
avanu oodutta illade iddare / irade iddare barooke
heeLu.
'If he is not studying ask him to come'.
4. Exercise
4.1. Fill in the blanks using the conitional form of the verbs
given in the bracket.
4.1.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ ____________ £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆrÛä (¨Á)
4.1.2 gÁdÄ OµÀ¢ü_____________ dégÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ (PÀÄr)
4.1.3 HjUÉ PÁUÀzÀ _________________ºÀt PÀ½¸ÁÛgÉ. (§gÉ)
4.1.4 ¹¤ªÀiÁ _______________vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §gÀÄvÉÛ. (£ÉÆÃqÀÄ)
4.2 Combine the following sentences using conditional form :
4.2.1 EªÀvÀÄÛ ªÀÄ¼É §gÀvÉÛ
©¹®Ä PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀÄvÉÛ.
4.2.2 £Á¬Ä ¨ÉÆUÀ¼ÁÛ EzÉ. .
E°è PÀ¼ÀîgÀÄ §gÀĪÀÅ¢®è.
4.2.3 CªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ vÀA¢zÁÝgÉ.
£Á£ÀÄ CªÀjUÉ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
Lesson 20/199
4.2.4 ªÀÄzsÁåºÀß Hl ªÀiÁrÛä.
ZÉ£ÁßV ¤zÉæ §gÀvÉÛ.
4.2.5 CªÀgÀÄ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆqÁÛgÉ.
£Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVÛä.
4.3 Transform into negative conditional :
4.3.1 PÉlÖ PÉ®¸À ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ §AiÀiÁÛgÉ.
4.3.2 £Á£ÀÄ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ CªÀgÀÄ §gÁÛgÉ.
4.3.3 ¨sÁUÀå D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ N¢zÀgÉ M¼ÉîAiÀÄzÀÄ.
4.3.4 CzsÁå¥ÀPÀgÀÄ ¥Àæ±Éß PÉýzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÀÄ.
4.4 Transform the following sentences into double negative:
4.4.1 ªÀÄUÀÄ JzÀÝgÉ ºÁ®Ä PÀÄrAiÀÄÄvÉÛ.
4.4.2 ¤ÃªÀÅ ¹» wAr PÉÆlÖgÉ §jÛä.
4.4.3 CªÀgÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ PÀjwä.
4.4.4 PÀµÀÖ ¥ÀlÖgÉ ¸ÀÄR EzÉ.
4.4.5 PÉÊ PɸÀgÁzÀgÉ ¨Á¬Ä ªÉƸÀgÁUÀvÉÛ.
4.5 Answer the following quesions.
4.5.1 ¤ªÀÄUÉ vÀ¯É£ÉÆêÀÅ §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrÛÃj?
4.5.2 ¤ªÀÄUÉ Hj¤AzÀ PÁUÀzÀ §gÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃeÁgÁUÀÄvÁÛ?
4.5.3 ¤ÃªÀÅ D¦üùUÉ ¯ÉÃmÁV ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤ªÀÄä D¦üøÀgï §AiÀiÁÛgÁ?
4.5.4 ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¯ÁljAiÀÄ°è MAzÀÄ ®PÀë gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä §AzÀgÉ K£ÀÄ
ªÀiÁrÛj?
 Lesson 21/201

¥ÁoÀ - 21 gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ ¹QÌzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀ Had we met him, we could

eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV have talked to him in deatil.
1. Dialogue: ªÀiÁvÁqÀ §ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
D£ÀAzÀ : ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨ÉÃUÀ §A¢zÀÝgÉ Hand you come earlier, we D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ «ªÀgÀªÁV Had we talked to him in detail,
JAlÄ UÀAmÉUÉ gÉ樀 ¹UÁÛ would have got the eight ªÀiÁvÁrzÀÝgÉ CªÀgÀÄ he would have agreed to come
EvÀÄÛ. o'clock train. £ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀªÀiÁgÀA¨sÀPÉÌ to our function.
Has the train left? §gÉÆÃPÉ M¥ÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ.
gÁªÀÄ : gÉ樀 ºÉÆÃV©qÁÛ?
gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀÄ M¦àzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ Had he agreed we colud have
D£ÀAzÀ: FUÀ vÁ£É ºÉÆÃAiÀÄÄÛ. F If has just left. Had we gone asked someone else to
AiÀiÁgÀ£ÁßzÀgÀÆ
gÉÊ°UÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ by this train we whoul have Preside. Supposing he didn't
reached Bangalore by eleven CzsÀåPÀëvÉUÉ PÉüÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ agree then we could have
o'clock. M¥ÀàzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨ÉÃgÉ asked some other minister.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ vÀ®Ä¥ÁÛ
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
EzÉÝêÀÅ.
£ÉÆÃqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
gÁªÀÄÄ: ªÀÄÄA¢£À mÉæöÊ£ÀÄ JµÀÄÖ At what time is the next
D£ÀAzÀ: DªÉÄÃ¯É C°èAzÀ gÀ«AiÀÄ Then we could have gone to
UÀAmÉUÉ? train?
ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ. Ravi's house. We have written
D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀvÀÆÛªÀgÉ UÀAmÉUÉ. CzÀPÉÌ It is at ten thirty. If we go gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÁ£ÀÆ him a letter also.
ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ MAzÀƪÀgÉUÉ by that we will reach at one §gÉ¢¢Ã¤.
vÀ®Ä¦Ûë. ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ thirty.
gÁªÀÄ: CªÀgÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è We could have sat leisurely
G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è. Even if we go by that there there and had our food.
is no use.
DgÁªÀĪÁV PÀĽvÀÄ
Hl£ÁzÀgÀÆ
gÁªÀÄÄ: ºËzÀÄ EzÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ Yes. Had we gone by this ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zsÁ£À we would have reached
¸ËzsÀPÉÌ ºÉÆÃUÁÛ EzÉݪÀÅ. Vidhana soudha by eleven D£ÀAzÀ: CªÀ£À ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀAeÉ We could have stayed there
o'clock. vÀ£ÀPÀ EzÀÄÝ ¸ÀAeÉ till evening and started then.
ºÉÆgÀqÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
D£ÀAzÀ: ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀÄ UÀAmÉUÉ «zÁå We would have met the
ªÀÄAwæUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹PÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÄ. Education Minister at 12 gÁªÀÄÄ: ¸ÀAeÉ DgÀÄ UÀAmÉ gÉÊ°UÉ Had we started by the six
o'clock. ºÉÆgÀnzÀÝgÉ MA§vÀÄÛ o'clock train, we would have
202/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 21/203

UÀAmÉUÉ ªÁ¥Á¸ï §gÁÛ come back at nine o'clock. §g¢

É zÝÀgÉ ¥Á¸ÁUÁÛ EzÀÝ. examination he would have
EzÉݪÀÅ. got through.
D£ÀAzÀ: gÀ«UÉ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉà If we had'nt written to Ravi, I CªÀ¼ÀÄ ZÉ£ÁßV Hl Had she eaten well she would
E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÄ ¨ÉøÀgÀ wouldn't have worried. He ªÀiÁrzÀÝgÉ E£ÀÆß zÀ¥Àà have become still fatter.
ªÀiÁrPÉƼÁÛ EgÀ°®è. will be waiting. DUÁÛ EzÀݼÀÄ.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÁAiÀiÁÛ EgÁÛ£É. ¤£ÉßÃ£É §ÄPï ªÀiÁr¹zÀÝgÉ Had we booked yesterday we
gÁªÀÄ: AiÀiÁªÀÅzÁzÀgÀÆ §¸ÀÄì nPÉmï ¹UÁÛ EvÀÄÛ. would have got the tickets.
Will there be any bus
¹UÀ§ºÀÄzÁ, §¸ï available, if we go to the bus
2.3 CªÀ£ÀÄ ¨ÉÃgÉ ¢£À vÀqÀªÁV Had he come late on any other
¸ÁÖöåArUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ? stand?
§A¢zÀÝgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¹lÄÖ §gÁÛ day, I wouldn't have got angry.
D£ÀAzÀ: §¸ï ¸ÁöÖåArUÉ ºÆ
É ÃzÀgÀÆ Even if we go to the bus stand, EgÀ°®è.
F §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. §¸ï we won't get one. Even if we
CªÀ£ÀÄ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ Had he married her he
¹QÌzÀgÀÆ ¹ÃlÄ ¹UÀ®è. get one we won't get a seat.
Therefore there is no use in DVzÀ Ý gÉ ºÀ Ä ZÀ Ñ £ ÁUÁÛ wouldn't have gone mad.
DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉÆÃUÉÆÃzÀÄ EgÀ°®è.
going.
G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀ E®è.
2.4 £ÁªÀÅ PÁUÀzÀ §gÉAiÀÄzÉ Hadn't we written him a letter
EzÀÝzÀÝgÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ we could have stayed back.
2. Pattern drill EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
2.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ LzÀÄ ¤«ÄµÀ ¨ÉÃUÀ Had you come five minutes CªÀ¼ÀÄ CªÀ£À£ÀÄß ªÀÄzÀÄªÉ Had she not married him she
§A¢zÀÝgÉ JAlÄ UÀAmÉ early, we could have gone by AiÀiÁUÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ would have been happy.
§¹ìUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ. the eight o'clock bus. ¸ÀÄRªÁV EgÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
£Á£ÀÄ K¼ÀÄ UÀAmÉ §¹ìUÉ Had we gone by the eight £Á£ÀÄ HjUÉ ºÉÆÃUÀzÉ Had I not gone to my home
ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ MAzÉà ¢£ÀzÀ°è o'clock bus we could have E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ town, I could have come to
returned the same day. §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ. your house.
ªÁ¥À¸ï §gÀ§ºÀÄ¢vÀÄÛ.
2.2 MAzÀÄ DmÉÆãÁzÀgÀÆ Had I got an auto I would have 2.5 £Á£ÀÄ D ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆqÀzÉ Had I not given him that book
¹QÌzÀgÉ ¨ÉÃUÀ §gÁÛ EzÉÝ. come early. E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ CªÀ£ÀÄ CzÀ£ÀÄß he wouldn't have read it.
CªÀ£ÀÄ ¥ÀjÃPÉëAiÀÄ°è ZÉ£ÁßV Had he written well in the NzÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
204/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 21/205

¤ÃªÀÅ ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄPÉÌ ¸ÀjAiÀiÁV Had you not come in time that ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ §AzÀgÀÆ coming to Bangalore tomorrow
§gÀzÉ E¢ÝzÀÝgÉ D PÉ®¸À work couldn't have been done. AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÆß £ÉÆÃqÀ®è. he won't see anybody.
DUÁÛ EgÀ°®è.
°Ã¯Á £Á¼É zɺÀ°UÉ Leela might go to Delhi
2.6 £Á£ÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ §A¢zÀÝgÉ Had I come home you would ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ tomorrow.
¤ÃªÀÅ ¹éÃmïì PÉÆr¸À¨ÉÃPÁ have had to offer me sweets. ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
VvÀÄÛ.
3. Key to learnrs
CªÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ Had he come to my house, I
§A¢zÀÝgÉ PÁ¦ü PÉÆqÀ would have had to give him 3.1 The unful filled past conditional (with built in negative
¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. coffee. implication) sentences are introduced in this lesson.
These sentences have two clauses ; viz. the conditional
2.7 ¤ÃªÀÅ ZÉ£ÁßV NzÀzÉ If you had not studied well clause and the main clause. The conditional clause
EzÀÝgÉ ¥ÀjÃPÉë you shouldn't have appeared contains a conditional verb in past perfect. The main
PÀlÖ¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ. for examination. clause my be a model verb or a finite verb. The finite
¤ªÀÄUÉ C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ §gÀzÉ If you you do not know acting verb in the main clause verb or a finite verb. The finite
verb in the main clause would always be in the past
EzÀÝgÉ £ÁlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁqÀ you shouldn't have acted in
the play. continuous.
¨ÁgÀzÁVvÀÄÛ.
niinu pustaka koTTidare oodtaa idde.
¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ If you had not made a mistake,
M¦àPÉƼÀî¨ÁgÀ¢vÀÄÛ. your should't have admitted it. 'If you had given me the book. I would have read it.'
If the verb in the main class containing model verb, it
2.8 FUÀ §¸ï¸ÁÖöåArUÉ Even if we go to the bus stand will be followed by ittu,
ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÆ §¸ï ¹UÀ®è. now we won't get a bus. avanu bandiddare sinimaakke hoogabahudittu.
CªÀ£ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°wzÀÝgÀÆ Even though he has learnt 'Had he come we could have gone to a movie.'
ªÀiÁvÁqÉÆÃPÉ §gÀ®è. Kannada he is unable to speak it. beereyavaru aa kelasa maaDiddare niivu hattu
ruupaayi jaasti koDabeekittu.
gÀªÉÄñÀ ¢£Á D ºÀÄqÀÄVãÀ Even though Ramesh is 'Had some one else done that work, you would have
£ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÀÝgÀÆ CªÀ¼À£ÀÄß seeing that girl everyday he had to pay ten rupees more'.
ªÀiÁvÁr¹®è. hasn't talked to her.
nimage jvara bandiddare aafiisige barabaradittu.
gÁdå¥Á®gÀÄ £Á¼É Even though the Governor is 'If you had fever, you shouldn't have come to office.
206/Kannada A Self Instructional Course
3.2 The negation in the unfulfilled past conditional are of
two types.
3.2.1 Negation of conditional clause.
The structure of type (1) is,
Negative verbal participle + id + conditional of iru.
barade + ide + iddare = barade iddiddare.
avaru barade iddiddare naanu barta idde.
'If he had not come, I would have come'.
Type (2) gets negated in both the clauses.
avanu pustaka kodade iddiddare naanu haNa kodtaa
iralilla.
'Had he not given me the book, I wouldn't have paid him
money.
This type contain double negation and so it gives
positive meaning.
3.3 The concessive form in Kannada is obrained by adding-
uu to the conditional verb. It gives the meaning "even
if......".
avanu ashTondu oodiddarauu avanige buddhi illa.
Even if he has read so much, he doesn't have
common sense.
with 'bahuda' it gives the probability meaning.
avanu naaLe bengaLuurige bandaruu barabahudu.
He might come to Bangalore tomorrow.
Lesson 21/207
4. Exercise
4.1 Transform the following sentences into unfulfilled past
conditional
4.1.1 zÀÄqÀÄØ PÉÆlÖgÉ vÀgÀPÁj vÀjÛä.
4.1.2 ¨ÉÃUÀ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ §¸ÀÄì ¹UÀÄvÉÛ.
4.1.3 HjUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ vÉAV£ÀPÁ¬Ä vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.1.4 £Á£ÀÄ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀ PÉÆlÖgÉ ¤Ã£ÀÄ £À£ÀUÉ ¥É£ÀÄß PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
4.1.5 ¨ÉÃUÀ ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ ºÉÆÃzÀgÉ ¤zÉæ ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
4.2 Transform into double negative.
4.2.1 ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆjUÉ ºÉÆÃVzÀÝgÉ 'UÁA¢ü' ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
4.2.2 CªÀ¼ÀÄ £À£Àß ªÀiÁvÁr¹zÀÝgÉ £Á£ÀÆ ªÀiÁvÁqÁÛ EzÉÝ.
4.2.1 £Á£ÀÄ §A¢zÀÝgÉ ¤ÃªÀÅ ºÀt PÉÆqÀ¨ÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ.
4.3 Transform the conditional clause into negative
4.3.1 ¤Ã£ÀÄ §A¢zÀgÉ £À£ÀUÉ ¸ÀAvÉÆõÀ DVÛvÀÄÛ.
4.2.2 ªÀÄ¼É ©¢ÝzÀÝgÉ ¨É¼É ¨É½ÃvÁ EgÀ°®è.
4.3.3 ¥Àæw¢£Á vÀÄA¨Á zÀÆgÀ £ÀqÉ¢zÀÝgÉ DgÉÆÃUÀå ZÉ£ÁßVjÛvÀÄÛ.
4.4 Translate the following into English.
gÁdÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÁªÀÄ E§âgÀÆ M¼Éî ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ. CªÀgÀÄ E§âgÀÆ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è NzÀÄvÁÛ EzÁÝgÉ. gÁdÄ vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀÄ
ªÀÄzÀgÁ¹£ÀªÀ£ÀÄ. gÁªÀĤUÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ£ÀßqÀ §gÀÄwÛgÀ°®è.
gÁdÄ CªÀ¤UÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°¸À®Ä ¥ÁægÀA©ü¹zÀ. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä
gÁªÀĤUÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀµÀÖªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. DzÀgÀÆ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß
©qÀzÉ PÀ°AiÀÄ®Ä vÉÆqÀVzÀ. ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ eÉÆvÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯ÉèÃ
ªÀiÁvÁqÀÄwÛzÀÝ. eÉÆvÉUÉ §gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ NzÀĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.
208/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 21/209

FUÀ PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉ N¢ 5. Vocabulary

CxÀðªÀiÁrPÉƼÀÄîvÁÛ£É. gÁdÄ«£À eÉÆvÉ ¢£ÀPÉÌ ¸Àé®à
CzsÀåPÀëvÉ `presiding'
ºÉÆvÁÛzÀgÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÁqÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ CªÀ¤UÉ vÀÈ¦Û E®è.
CªÀ£ÀÄ »ÃUÉ PÀ°vÀgÉ E£ÀÄß PÉ®ªÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ZÉ£ÁßV DgÁªÀÄ `leisurely'
ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. «zÁåªÀÄAwæ `education minister'
«ªÀgÀªÁV `in detail'
4.5 Translate the following sentences into Kannada. C©ü£ÀAiÀÄ `to enjoy'
4.5.1 Mysore is a famous cultural centre in Karnataka. z˴ˈ `fat'
4.5.2 There are a number of places in Mysore which are ¥ÁvÀæ `character'
worth seeing.
gÁdå¥Á® `governor'
4.5.3 Srirangapattana was the earlier capital of Mysore ¸ÀÄRªÁV `happily'
Wodeyars.
ºÀÄZÀÄÑ `mad'
4.5.4 The weather in Mysore is congenial.
4.5.5 I have purchased a new house in Bangalore.
4.5.6 If I meet Raju in Bangalore I will convey your regards.
4.5.7 Please ask him to write me a letter
4.5.8 The person who spoke me over the telephone the other
day has come to see me.
4.5.9 Though he had been to meet the Prime minister, he
couldn't meet him.
4.5.10It is easier to forget a language than learning it.

¥ÁoÀ - 22
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ gÁdå. EzÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ
zÀQët ¨sÁUÀzÀ°èzÉ. E°èAiÀÄ d£ÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄÄRå
¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁzÀgÀÆ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA, ªÀÄgÁp, »A¢, GzÀÄð,
EAVèµï ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£ÀgÀÆ EzÁÝgÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è MlÄÖ ªÀÄƪÀvÀÄÛ
f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ. ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤. E°è£À ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À vÀÄA¨Á
»vÀPÀgÀªÁVzÀÄÝ ªÁ¸ÀPÉÌ AiÉÆÃUÀåªÁVzÉ. E°è£À d£ÀgÀÄ ¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀgÀÄ,
¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ vÀÄA¨Á ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄzÁzÀ ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ EzÉ.
gÁdgÀÄ, PÀ«UÀ¼ÀÄ, ¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ, zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆö¹PÉÆAqÀÄ §A¢zÁÝgÉ. PÀzÀA§, ZÁ¼ÀÄPÀå,
gÁµÀÖçPÀÆl, UÀAUÀ, ºÉÆAiÀÄì¼À, «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀzÀ CgÀ¸ÀgÀÄ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À
MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ F gÁdåªÀ£ÀÄß D½zÁÝgÉ. EªÀÄär ¥ÀÄ°PÉò, CªÉÆÃWÀªÀµÀð
£ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ, «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ, aPÀÌzÉêÀgÁd, PÀȵÀÚgÁd
MqÉAiÀÄgï ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ ¸Á»vÀå, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
CdgÁªÀÄgÀUÉƽ¹zÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄ°PÉò Erà zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è vÀ£Àß ¸ÁªÀiÁædå
¸Áܦ¹zÀ. £ÀÈ¥ÀvÀÄAUÀ ¸Á»vÀåPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ C¥ÁgÀ. «µÀÄÚªÀzsÀð£À
²®àPÀ¯ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컹zÀ. PÀȵÀÚzÉêÀgÁAiÀÄ£À PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß
©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉzÀÄ ªÀiÁgÀÄwÛzÀÝgÀAvÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À MqÉAiÀÄgÀÄ d£ÀgÀ
»vÁ¸ÀQÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁ¥ÁrzÀgÀÄ.
PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ±ÉæõÀ× PÀ«UÀ¼À ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉAiÉÄà §AzÀÄ ºÉÆÃVzÉ. D¢PÀ«
¥ÀA¥À EA¢UÀÆ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ. gÀ£Àß, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ºÀjºÀgÀ,
gÁWÀÀªÁAPÀ, ®QëöäñÀ, gÀvÁßPÀgÀªÀtÂð ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÁªÀåUÀ¼ÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
¸Á»vÀåªÀ£ÀÄß ²æêÀÄAvÀUÉƽ¹ªÉ. §¸ÀªÀtÚ, C®èªÀÄ¥Àæ¨sÀÄ, CPÀ̪ÀĺÁzÉë
ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ. DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß ¸Á»vÀåzÀ
ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ Kj¹zÀªÀgÀÄ CxÀªÁ ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁwUÉ
Lession 22/211
E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ. eÁwªÀÄvÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß «ÄÃj ¨É¼ÉzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¥ÀÄgÀAzÀgÀzÁ¸À,
PÀ£ÀPÀzÁ¸À ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ zsÁ«ÄðPÀ ZËPÀnÖ£À°è ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ zÉÆõÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
w¢ÝzÀªÀgÀÄ. ¸ÀªÀiÁdzÀ ¯ÉÆÃ¥ÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀlĪÁV «ªÀIJð¹zÀ ¸ÀªÀðdÕ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ£ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ M§â £ÁqÁr PÀ«. DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¸Á»vÀå EAzÀÄ
vÀÄA¨Á ¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞªÁV ¨É¼É¢zÉ. ©.JA. ²æÃPÀAoÀAiÀÄå, UÉÆëAzÀ ¥ÉÊ, PÉ.«.
¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ. ¨ÉÃAzÉæ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ
PÁgÀAvÀ, C.£À. PÀȵÀÚgÁAiÀÄ, UÉÆÃ¥Á®PÀȵÀÚ CrUÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄRgÀÄ. ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ CvÀåAvÀ ±ÉæõÀ× ¸Á»vÀå ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀiÁzÀ `eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ'
¥Àæ±À¹Û PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JAlÄ ªÀÄA¢UÉ §A¢zÉ. PÉ.«. ¥ÀÄlÖ¥Àà, zÀ.gÁ.¨ÉÃAzÉæ,
²æà ²ªÀgÁªÀÄ PÁgÀAvÀ, ªÀiÁ¹Û ªÉAPÀmÉñÀ CAiÀÄåAUÁgï, AiÀÄÄ.Dgï.
C£ÀAvÀªÀÄÆwð, Vjñï PÁ£Áðqï ªÀÄvÀÄÛ qÁ. ZÀAzÀæ±ÉÃRgÀ PÀA¨ÁgÀ
CªÀgÉà F ¥Àæ±À¹ÛAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ¥ÀqÉzÀªÀgÀÄ.
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ £ÉʸÀVðPÀ ¸ÀA¥ÀwÛ¤AzÀ PÀÆrzÉ. E°è CgÀtå ºÁUÀÆ
R¤d ¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁV zÉÆgÀPÀÄvÀÛªÉ. PÉÆïÁgÀzÀ ºÀwÛgÀ a£ÀßzÀ
UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀw, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ, §¼Áîj, PÀÄzÀÄgɪÀÄÄRUÀ¼À°è PÀ©ât
ºÁUÀÆ ªÀiÁåAUÀ¤Ã¸ï CzÀÄj£À UÀtÂUÀ½ªÉ. ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°è PÀ©ât,
¹ªÉÄAmï, PÁUÀzÀzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. zÁªÀtUÉgÉAiÀÄ°è ºÀwÛ VgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ,
ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è UÀAzsÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ gÉõÉä PÁSÁð£É, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉAiÀÄ°è ¸ÀPÀÌgÉ
PÁSÁð£,É ¨¼ É U
À Á«AiÄÀ°è C®Äå«Ä¤AiÄÀA PÁSÁð£U É ½
À ª.É ¨AÉU¼ À Æ
À gÄÀ
PÊÉUÁjPÁ £UÀ g
À ª
À AÉzÃÉ ¥¹
æÀ ¢Þ ¥q
À ¢
É z.É C°è §Èºv
À ï PÊÉUÁjPÁ Wl À PU
À ¼
À ÄÀ Eª.É
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥À²ÑªÀÄ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è zÀlÖªÁzÀ CgÀtå EzÉ. F CgÀtåzÀ°è
¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ ²æÃUÀAzsÀ, vÉÃUÀ, ºÉÆ£Éß ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄvÀÛªÉ.
D£É, fAPÉ, PÁqɪÉÄä, agÀvÉ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÁætÂUÀ¼ÀÄ E°è ªÁ¹¸ÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
E°è£À ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ PÁªÉÃj, PÀ¦®, vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÀæ, ±ÀgÁªÀw,
PÀȵÀÚ. F £À¢UÀ¼À ¤ÃgÀ£ÀÄß PÀȶUÉ ºÁUÀÄ «zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ GvÁࢸÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ
§¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ.
PÁªÉÃj £À¢UÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À ºÀwÛgÀ PÀ£ÀßA¨Ár JA§ ¸ÀܼÀzÀ°è CuÉPÀmÉÖ
212/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lession 22/213

PÀlÖ¯ÁVzÉ. CzÀ£ÀÄß PÀȵÀÚgÁd¸ÁUÀgÀ JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. E°è MAzÀÄ gÁfêÀUÁA¢ü ªÉÊzÀåQÃAiÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀzÀ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀ
¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ ºÀÆzÉÆÃl«zÉ. CzÀgÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ §ÈAzÁªÀ£À. EzÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁðzÀ°è UÀÄ®§UÁð
¥ÀæªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ zÉÆqÀØ DPÀµÀðuÉ. ±ÀgÁªÀw £À¢UÉ °AUÀ£ÀªÀÄQÌ JA§°è «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ,
CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ «zÀÄåvï GvÁࢸÀ¯ÁUÀÄwÛzÉ. vÀÄAUÀ¨sÀzÁæ £À¢UÉ ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ ²ªÀªÉÆUÀÎzÀ°è PÀĪÉA¥ÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, vÀĪÀÄPÀÆj£À°è vÀĪÀÄPÀÆgÀÄ
§½ CuÉPÀmÉÖ PÀnÖ ¤ÃgÁªÀj §¼À¹PÉƼÀî¯ÁVzÉ. PÀȵÁÚ£À¢UÀÆ CuÉPÀmÉÖ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, ¨ÁUÀ®PÉÆÃmÉAiÀÄ°è vÉÆÃlUÁjPÉ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ
ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ. ¨É¼ÀUÁA£À°è «±ÉéñÀégÀAiÀÄå vÁAwæPÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. C®èzÉ
ºÁªÉÃjAiÀÄ°è eÁ£À¥ÀzÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀĪÀ£ÀÄß DgÀA©ü¸À¯ÁVzÉ.
£ÀA¢¨ÉlÖ, PɪÀÄätÄÚUÀÄAr PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ,
§Ar¥ÀÄgÀ, £ÁUÀgÀºÉÆ¼É C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨É¼É gÁV, ¨sÀvÀÛ, eÉÆüÀ, PÀqÀ¯É, vÉÆUÀj, PÀ§Äâ, PÁ¦ü,
ºÀwÛ, K®QÌ, UÉÆqÀA© ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀÅ ªÁtÂdå ¨É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ.
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ ºÁUÀÆ zÉÆqÀØ£ÀUÀgÀ. E°è
C£ÉÃPÀ PÉÃAzÀæ ¸ÁªÀÄåzÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ½ªÉ. E°è «zsÁ£À¸ËzsÀzÀ°è gÁdåzÀ C¨sÁå¸À
PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ«zÉ. «zsÁ£À ¸À¨sÉ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ «zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvÀÄÛ E°è ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ.
1. PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ :
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ, ºÀħâ½î, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ, UÀÄ®âUÁð EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼ÀÄ.
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. »AzÉ EzÀÄ MqÉAiÀÄgÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw à ¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ºÀħâ½î GvÀÛgÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¥ÀlÖt ºÁUÀÆ «eÁÕ£À à ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ
ªÁå¥ÁgÀ PÉÃAzÀæ. ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀgÁªÀ½ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ªÁå¥ÁgÀ EwºÁ¸À à LwºÁ¹PÀ
PÉÃAzÀæ. E°è ¸ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ §AzÀgÀÄ EzÉ.
ZÀjvÉæ à ZÁjwæPÀ
PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ®°vÀ PÀ¯ÉUÀ½UÉ ¥Àæ¹zÀÞªÁzÀÄzÀÄ. ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àzÀ°è ¨sÀÆUÉÆüÀ à ¨sËUÉÆýPÀ
`PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°' JA§ ºÉƸÀ ±ÉÊ°AiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹzÀ vËgÀÄ£ÁqÀÄ. ²PÀët à ±ÉÊPÀëtÂPÀ
LºÉƼÉ, ¥ÀlÖzÀPÀ®Äè, ¨ÁzÁ«Ä, ºÀ¼ÉéÃqÀÄ, ¨ÉîÆgÀÄ, ºÀA¥ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ
zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ F ±ÉÊ°AiÀÄ M¼ÉîAiÀÄ ªÀiÁzÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ. ©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÀð, 2. «gÀÄzÁÞxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹ :
gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ, ²æÃgÀAUÀ¥ÀlÖtUÀ¼À°ègÀĪÀ UÉÆîUÀĪÀÄälUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀUÁðUÀ¼ÀÄ Kj¸ÀÄ X E½¸ÀÄ
ªÀÄĹèªÀÄgÀÄ ªÁ¸ÀÄÛ²®àPÉÌ ¤ÃrzÀ PÁtÂPÉ. ±ÀæªÀt¨É¼ÀUÉƼÀzÀ°è
DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ X UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ¨sÁµÉ
UÉƪÀÄämÉñÀégÀ£À KPÀ²¯Á «UÀæºÀ CzÀÄãvÀªÁVzÉ.
»vÀ X C»vÀ
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ½ªÉ. ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°è ¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ X PÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ
ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀ£ÁðlPÀ gÁdå ªÀÄÄPÀÛ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, C¥ÁgÀ X PÀrªÉÄ
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆj£À°è ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, PÀȶ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ, §ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ X ¸ÀtÚ PÉÊUÁjPÉ
214/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lession 22/215

3. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹ : 3.20 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ CgÀtåUÀ¼À°è ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄĪÀ ¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ

3.1 PÀ£ÁðlPÀPÉÌ »AzÉ EzÀÝ ºÉ¸ÀgÉãÀÄ ?
3.2 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¢QÌ£À°èzÉ ?
3.3 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
3.4 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ¨ÉÃgÉ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁµÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ d£À EzÁÝgÉ ?
3.5 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ f¯ÉèUÀ½ªÉ?
ªÀÄgÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß w½¹.
3.21 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR £À¢UÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.22 PÀ£ÀßA¨ÁrAiÀÄ°è AiÀiÁªÀ £À¢UÉ CuÉPÀmÉÖ ºÁPÀ¯ÁVzÉ ?
3.23 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ VjzsÁªÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ, C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtåUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?
3.24 ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ ?

3.6 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ºÀªÁªÀiÁ£À ºÉÃVzÉ? 3.25 `PÀ£ÁðlPÀ ±ÉÊ°'AiÀÄ zÉêÀ¸ÁÜ£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ J°èªÉ ?

3.7 PÀ£ÁðlPÀ d£À JAvÀºÀªÀgÀÄ ? 3.26 UÉƪÀÄäl£À «UÀæºÀ J°èzÉ?

3.8 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøwAiÀÄ£ÀÄß AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ¥ÉÆö¹zÁÝgÉ? 3.27 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°ègÀĪÀ «±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.28 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ªÀÄÄRå ¨É¼ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ?
3.9 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ gÁdªÀÄ£ÉvÀ£ÀzÀ ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ ºÉý.
3.10 zÀQët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è ¸ÁªÀiÁædå ¸Áܦ¹zÀ PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ gÁd 4. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð :
AiÀiÁgÀÄ?
CdgÁªÀÄgÀ 'immortal'
3.11 AiÀiÁgÀ PÁ®zÀ°è a£ÀߪÀ£ÀÄß ©Ã¢AiÀÄ°è C¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÀÝgÀÄ ?
CuÉPÀmÉÖ 'dam'
3.12 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÉ®ªÀÅ PÀ«UÀ¼À ºÉ¸ÀgÀ£ÀÄß w½¹?
CzÀÄgÀÄ 'ore'
3.13 ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀ°è §AzÀ PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀÄ ?
C¨sÀAiÀiÁgÀtå 'game sanctury'
3.14 ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DqÀĪÀiÁw£À ªÀÄlÖPÉÌ E½¹zÀªÀgÀÄ
AiÀiÁgÀÄ? C¼É `to measure'
3.15 PÀ£ÀßqÀ £ÁqÀÄ PÀAqÀ «ªÀıÀðPÀ PÀ« AiÀiÁgÀÄ ? DqÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ ' spoken language'
3.16 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁjUÉ eÁÕ£À¦ÃoÀ ¥Àæ±À¹Û §A¢zÉ? D¢ 'beginning, first'
3.17 PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è a£ÀßzÀ UÀt J°èzÉ ? E½¸ÀÄ 'to bring down'
3.18 ¨sÀzÁæªÀwAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ? GvÁࢸÀÄ 'to produce'
3.19 zÁªÀtUÉgÉ, ºÉƸÀ¥ÉÃmÉ, ªÉÄʸÀÆj£À°ègÀĪÀ PÁSÁð£ÉUÀ¼ÀÄ K®QÌ 'cardamom'
AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ?
Kj¸ÀÄ 'to raise'
216/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lession 22/217

PÀlĪÁV 'bitterly' fAPÉ 'deer'

PÀqÀ¯É 'bengal Gram' eÉÆüÀ 'jowar'
PÀ©ât 'iron' wzÀÄÝ 'to correct'
PÀ§Äâ `sugar cane' vÉÃUÀ `teak'
PÀgÁªÀ½ ' costal' zÀlÖªÁzÀ ' dense'
PÁSÁð£É 'factory' zÉÆgÀPÀÄ 'available'
PÁqɪÉÄä 'bison' zÉÆõÀ 'flaw'
PÁ¥ÁqÀÄ 'to protect' zsÁjäPÀ ªÀÄÄRAqÀgÀÄ 'religious leaders '
PÁAiÀiÁð®AiÀÄ 'secretariat' £ÁqÁr 'itenerant'
PÁæAw ¥ÀÄgÀĵÀgÀÄ 'revolutionary men' £ÉʸÀVðPÀ 'natural'
PÀÄ®UÀÄgÀÄ 'patron saint' ¥ÀgÀA¥ÀgÉ 'tradition'
PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'industry' ¥Àæ§ÄzÀÞ 'mature'
R¤d 'mineral' ¥Àæ±À¹Û 'award'
UÀAzsÀzÀ JuÉÚ PÁSÁð£É 'Sandalwood oil factory' ¥ÉÆö¸ÀÄ 'to nourish'
VjzsÁªÀÄ 'hill station ' ¥ÉÆæÃvÁ컸ÀÄ 'to encourage '
UÉÆÃqÀA© 'cashew' §AzÀgÀÄ 'harbour'
WÀlPÀ 'unit' §ÈºÀvï PÉÊUÁjPÉ 'large scale industry'
a£Àß 'gold' ¨É¯É¨Á¼ÀĪÀ 'valuable'
agÀvÉ 'cheeta' ¨sÀvÀÛ 'paddy'
ZËPÀlÄÖ 'frame' ªÀÄlÖ 'level'
eÁw 'caste' ªÀÄvÀ 'religion'
218/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lession 22/219

ªÀiÁzÀj 'model' ºÀwÛ 'cotton'

«ÄÃgÀÄ 'to transcend' ºÀwÛ VgÀt 'cotton mill'

AiÉÆÃUÀå 'worthy' ºÀªÁ 'weather'

gÁV `ragi' »vÀPÀgÀ 'congenial'

®°vÀ PÀ¯É ' fine arts' »vÁ¸ÀQÛ 'benificial'

¯ÉÆÃ¥À 'lapse' ºÉÃgÀ¼À 'in plenty'

ªÁtÂdå 'commercial' ºÉÆ£Éß `yellow teak'

«zÀÄåZÀÒQÛ 'electricity'

«zsÁ£À ¥ÀjµÀvï 'legislative council'

«zsÁ£À¸À¨sÉ 'legislative assembly'

«±Àé«zÁå®AiÀÄ 'university'

¸ÀA¥ÀvÀÄÛ 'wealth'

¸ÀªÀiÁd ¸ÀÄzsÁgÀPÀgÀÄ 'social reformers'

¸ÀºÀ£Á²Ã®gÀÄ 'tolerant'

¸ÁªÀiÁædå 'kingdom '

¸ÀĸÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ 'cultured person'

¸ÀĸÀfÓvÀªÁzÀ 'well equipped'

²¯Á «UÀæºÀ 'stone idol'


¥ÁoÀ - 23
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀÇ MAzÀÄ. EvÀgÀ ªÀÄÆgÀÄ
¥ÀæªÀÄÄR ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼ÉAzÀgÉ vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ, vÉ®ÄUÀÄ, ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ¼ÀA. vÀ«Ä¼ÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ
£ÀAvÀgÀzÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄAzÀgÉ PÀ£ÀßqÀ.
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉUÉ CvÀåAvÀ ºÀ¼ÉAiÀÄ EwºÁ¸À«zÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ
ªÀÄÆgÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ°èAiÉÄà PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ §¼ÀPÉAiÀÄ°èvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀnÖzÁÝgÉ. DzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¹QÌgÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÆzÀ®
DzsÁgÀªÉAzÀgÉ ºÀ°är ±Á¸À£À. ºÁ¸À£À f¯ÉèAiÀÄ ºÀ°är JA§ UÁæªÀÄzÀ°è
¹QÌgÀĪÀ F ±Á¸À£ÀzÀ PÁ® Qæ.±À. 450. EzÀgÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ±À§ÝUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ
gÀZÀ£ÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ.
¨sÁµÉ ¤AvÀ ¤ÃgÀ®è. CzÀÄ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ
ºÉÆÃUÀÄvÀÛzÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄÆ ¸ÀºÀ PÁ®¢AzÀ PÁ®PÉÌ §zÀ¯ÁUÀÄvÁÛ
§A¢zÉ. PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ §zÀ¯ÁzÀ ¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ
CzÀ£ÀÄß LwºÁ¹PÀªÁV ¥ÀƪÁðzsÀð ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ, £ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ
ªÀÄvÀÄÛ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ £Á®ÄÌ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
«¨sÁV¹zÁÝgÉ.
¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À PÁ®. ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À°è ¹UÀĪÀ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß UÀªÀÄ£ÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉÆAqÀÄ EzÀ£ÀÄß ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼À ¨sÁµÉ
JAzÀÆ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ¸ÀĪÀiÁgÀÄ LzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ MA¨sÀvÀÛ£ÉÃ
±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÀgÀ CªÀ¢ü EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è
ºÉÃgÀ¼ÀªÁzÀ ±Á¸À£ÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¹Q̪É.
ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ PÁ® ºÀvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀ£ÉÆßAzÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ
PÀqÉAiÀĪÀgÉUÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è ¥ËæqsÀªÁzÀ UÀæAxÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ºÉÆgÀ§AzÀªÀÅ. ¥ÀA¥À,
Lession 23/221
¥ÉÆ£Àß, gÀ£ÀߣÀAvÀºÀ PÀ«UÀ½zÀÝgÀÄ. F ¸ÀªÀÄAiÀÄzÀ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÄïÉ
¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ CwAiÀiÁVvÀÄÛ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£ÀåªÁzÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
§¼À¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÄ CA¢£À ¥ÀæwµÉ×AiÀÄ ¸ÀAPÉÃvÀªÁVvÀÄÛ.
£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ PÁ® ºÀ£ÉßgÀqÀ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ ºÀvÉÆÛA§vÀÛ£ÉÃ
±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀªÀgÉUÉ EzÉ. F CªÀ¢üAiÀÄ°è PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ vÀÄA¨Á
§zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉ M¼À¥ÀnÖvÀÄ. ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ PÀrªÉÄAiÀiÁUÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ
eÉÆvÉUÉ DqÀĪÀiÁvÀÄ ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼ÀPÉUÉ §gÀvÉÆqÀVvÀÄ. ¥ÀArvÀ ªÀiÁ£Àå ¨sÁµÉ
ªÀZÀ£ÀPÁgÀgÀÄ, PÀĪÀiÁgÀªÁå¸À, ¸ÀªÀðdÕ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀªÀgÀ PÉÊUÉ ¹QÌ
¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀåjUÀÆ CxÀðªÁUÀĪÀ ºÁUÉ §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÉÆArvÀÄ. ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ
¸ÀégÀÆ¥ÀzÀ°è ªÀÄvÀÄÛ ªÁåPÀgÀt ¤AiÀĪÀÄzÀ°è §zÀ¯ÁªÀuÉUÀ¼ÁzÀªÀÅ.
E¥ÀàvÀÛ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£ÀzÀ EwÛÃa£À ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
JAzÀÄ PÀgÉAiÀÄÄvÁÛgÉ. ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ ºÉÃUÉ ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArvÉÆÛÃ
ºÁUÉ DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀ EAVèµï, GzÀÄð ¨sÁµÉUÀ½AzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀUÉÆArzÉ.
EAVèÃµï ²PÀët ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è DgÀA¨sÀUÉÆAqÁUÀ ºÉƸÀ fêÀ£À PÀæªÀĪÉÃ
DgÀA¨sÀªÁ¬ÄvÀÄ. vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀëtzÀ DgÀA¨sÀ, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ,
¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¸Á»vÀåzÀ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ EªÉ¯Áè ¸ÉÃj PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ ºÉƸÀ gÀÆ¥ÀªÀ£ÉßÃ
¥ÀqɬÄvÀÄ. DzsÀĤPÀ ¯ÉÃRPÀgÀÆ ¸ÀºÀ EAzÀÄ vÀªÀÄä PÀÈwUÀ¼À°è
DqÀĪÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀÄwÛzÁÝgÉ. ¨sÁµÉAiÉÄA§ÄzÀÄ UÀæAxÀ¸ÀÜ ªÀiÁvÀæªÀ®è,
ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ JA§ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ J¯Áè PÀqÉ ¨É¼ÉAiÀÄÄwÛzÉ.
DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è ºÀ®ªÁgÀÄ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ. EªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
ªÀÄÆ®vÀB ¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ, zsÁgÀªÁqÀ
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ JAzÀÄ «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ,
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ E¤ßvÀgÀ ºÀ¼Éà PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ
G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ MAzÀÄ jÃwAiÀÄ°è ²µÀÖ
¨sÁµÉUÉ ºÀwÛgÀzÀÄÝ. ¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄUÀ¼À°è EAzÀÄ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀPÀÆÌ
EzÀPÀÆÌ ºÉZÀÄÑ ªÀåvÁå¸À«®è. PÀgÁªÀ½ ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ
222/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lession 23/223

G¥À¨sÁµÉ ªÀÄAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É vÀļÀÄ ºÁUÀÆ C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ `opinion'

PÉÆAPÀt ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼À ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. ¨ÁA¨É PÀ£ÁðlPÀ CxÀªÁ ºÀħâ½î, CªÀ¢ü `period'
zsÁgÀªÁqÀ, ¨É¼ÀUÁ« ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ zsÁgÀªÁqÀ DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉ `administrative language'
PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ªÀÄgÁp ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ. DzsÁgÀ `source'
©eÁ¥ÀÄgÀ, UÀÄ®âUÁð, ©ÃzÀgï, gÁAiÀÄZÀÆgÀÄ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ºÉÊzÀgÁ¨Ázï DgÀA¨sÀ `begin'
PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ°è ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀ G¥À¨sÁµÉ UÀÄ®âUÁð PÀ£ÀßqÀ. F
EwÛÃa£À `recent'
G¥À¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ªÉÄÃ¯É ºÉZÀÄÑ GzÀÄð ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ ¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ«zÉ.
G¥À¨sÁµÉ `dialect'
PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ EAzÀÄ CvÀåAvÀ ¸ÀªÀÄxÀð ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV ¨É¼ÉzÀÄ ¤AwzÉ. M¼À¥ÀqÀÄ `undergo'
²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀĪÁV, ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV DqÀ½vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV Qæ¸ÀÛ±ÀPÀ `A.D'
¸ÁA¸ÀÌøwPÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀiÁV CzÀ£ÀÄß §¼À¸ÀĪÀ dªÁ¨ÁÝj £ÀªÀÄäzÀÄ. PÀÈw `work of art'
C¨sÁå¸À UÀªÀÄ£À `attention'
UÀæAxÀ `book'
1. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹. UÁæªÀÄ `village'
1.1 ¥ÀæªÀÄÄR zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉUÀ¼ÀÄ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ ? dªÁ¨ÁÝj `responsibility'
fêÀ£À PÀæªÀÄ `life style'
1.2 CvÀåAvÀ ¥ÁæaãÀ zÁæ«qÀ ¨sÁµÉ AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
vÁAwæPÀ ²PÀët `technical education'
1.3 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉ JµÀÖ£Éà ±ÀvÀªÀiÁ£À¢AzÀ EvÉÛAzÀÄ «zÁéA¸ÀgÀÄ
£ÀqÀÄUÀ£ÀßqÀ `medieval kannada'
C©ü¥ÁæAiÀÄ ¥ÀqÀÄvÁÛgÉ ?
¤AiÀĪÀÄ `principle'
1.4 PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ ªÉÆzÀ® ±Á¸À£À AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ? CzÀgÀ PÁ® JµÀÄÖ ?
¥ÀæwµÉ× `pride'
1.5 PÀ£ÀßqÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß JµÀÄÖ ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼ÁV «¨sÁV¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ?
¥Àæ¨sÁªÀ `influence'
CªÀÅ AiÀiÁªÀŪÀÅ? CªÀÅUÀ¼À PÁ® AiÀiÁªÀÅzÀÄ ?
¥Àæ¨sÉÃzÀ `variety'
1.6 DzsÀĤPÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ°è JµÀÄÖ G¥À¨sÁµÉUÀ½ªÉ?
¥ÀArvÀ `scholar'
2. PÀpt ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À CxÀð: ¥Á±ÁÑvÀå ¸Á»vÀå `western literature'
Cw 'too much' ¥ÀƪÀðzÀ ºÀ¼ÀUÀ£ÀßqÀ `pre old kannada'
CxÀðªÁUÀÄ 'to understand' ¥ËæqsÀ `mature, learned'
224/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

ªÀiÁ£Àå `acceptable' ¥ÁoÀ - 24

ªÀÄÆ®¨sÀÆvÀ `fundamental' ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw C®è
gÀÆ¥À `shape' ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ
ªÀåvÁå¸À `difference' ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. AiÀiÁgÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ£ÀÄß ¨ÉÃPÁzÀgÀÆ zÉÆÃZÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ,
ªÁåPÀgÀt `grammar' ¥Àæw¨sÀn¹zÀªÀjUÉ ZÀÆj ºÁPÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
ªÁPÀågÀZÀ£É `sentence construction' PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÀUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ
«avÀæ `peculiar ' vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ
«zÁéA¸À `scholar' PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. EAxÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½AiÀÄ
«gÀÄzÀÞ £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ½UÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀĪÀ ¥ÀæxÀªÀÄ PÀvÀðªÀåªÀ£ÀÄß
«¨sÁV¸ÀÄ `to divide'
£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀĪÀÅzÀÆ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ¢AzÀ ¸ÁzsÀå«®èªÁVzÉ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ
ªÉÊeÁÕ¤PÀ zÀȶÖPÉÆãÀ `scientific outlook'
gÁdzsÁ¤AiÀÄ°èAiÉÄà EAxÀ ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¥Àj¹ÜwAiÀiÁzÀgÉ gÁdåzÀ EvÀgÀ
¸ÀAPÉÃvÀ `symbol' ¨sÁUÀUÀ¼À°è£À ¸À¤ßªÉñÀªÀ£ÀÄß ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀ. ªÉÆ£Éß, £ÀUÀgÀzÀ §£À±ÀAPÀj
¸ÀªÀÄxÀð `capable' ¥ÀæzÉñÀzÀ°è £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt £ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ
¸ÀªÀÄƺÀ ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ `mass media' JzÀÄj¸ÀÄwÛgÀĪÀ ¢£ÀUÀAqÀ PÀëtUÀAqÀzÀ CgÀQëvÀ §zÀÄPÀ£ÀÄß dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ
¸ÀégÀÆ¥À `form' ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. EzÀÄ EwÛÃZÉUÉ £ÀqÉ¢gÀĪÀ LzÀ£ÉAiÀÄ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt. EzÉÃ
¸ÁªÀiÁ£ÀågÀÄ `ordinary people' £ÀªÉA§gï E¥ÀàvÉÛöÊzÀgÀAzÀÄ PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è £Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢
¸ÀÆÜ®ªÁV `in brief' DUÀAvÀÄPÀ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀPÉÌ £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. ¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß
zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ Nr ºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ. JgÀqÉà ¢£ÀUÀ¼À £ÀAvÀgÀ, E¥ÀàvÉÛüÀgÀAzÀÄ
±À§Ý `sound'
UÀAUÉãÀºÀ½îAiÀÄ°è, r¸ÉA§gï JgÀqÀgÀAzÀÄ «dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è;
±Á¸À£À `inscription'
CzÉà ¢£À ªÀÄvÉÛ PÁqïðgÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀzÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ
²PÀët ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ `educational medium' £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀÄlÖ C¥ÀgÁzsÀUÀ½UÉ®è ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£ÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rzÀÄ ¨ÉzÀj¸ÀĪÀ
²µÀÖ ¨sÁµÉ `standard language' ¥ÉưøÀjUÉ F ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉUÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß ªÉÄlÄÖªÀÅzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀæ
ºÀ¼ÉUÀ£ÀßqÀ `old kannada' ¸ÁzsÀåªÁV®è. PÀ¼ÉzÀ K¦æ¯ï£À°è dAiÀÄ£ÀUÀgÀ ¨sÁUÀzÀ°è E§âgÀÄ
¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃZÀ¯Éwß¹zÀ E§âgÀÄ ¸ÀÆÌlgï ¸ÀªÁgÀgÀ£ÀÄß »rAiÀÄ®Ä
ºÉÆÃzÀÄzÀPÁÌV ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà ZÀÆj EjvÀ¢AzÀ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ.
PÉÆ¯É ¥ÁvÀPÀgÀÄ EzÀĪÀgÉUÀÆ ¥ÀvÉÛAiÀiÁzÀAvÉ PÁtĪÀÅ¢®è.
¥À Ä AqÀ Ä ¥É Æ ÃPÀ j UÀ ½ UÉ ²PÁë zÀ A qÀ z À ¨s À A iÀ Ä ªÉ Ã
226/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 24/227

vÀ¦àºÉÆÃVgÀĪÀ EA¢£À ¥Àj¹Üw AiÀiÁªÀ ¸ÀgÀPÁgÀPÀÆÌ ªÀiÁ£À vÀgÀĪÀ ¸ÀAUÀw

C®è. (¸ÀA¥ÁzÀQÃAiÀÄ, ¥ÀæeÁªÁtÂ, 7. 12. 1982) 1.4 PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.

C¨sÁå¸À ¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀ EAzÀÄ AiÀiÁgÀ ¥Á°UÉ ¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÁV®è ?

1.1 PɼÀV£À ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ ªÁPÀåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß §¼À¹. PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ ºÁªÀ½ K£É®è ªÀiÁqÀÄwÛzÉ ?
¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ, £ÀUÀ£Átå, PÀA©QüÀÄ, ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À ªÀiÁqÀÄ, ¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ ¸ÀPÁðgÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀ «gÀÄzÀÞ d£ÀjUÉ gÀPÀëuÉ ¤ÃqÀ®Ä
¥Àj¹Üw, dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ ªÀiÁqÀÄ ¸ÁzsÀåªÁVzÉAiÉÄà ?
1.2 ¤zÉÃð±À£ÀzÀAvÉ §gɬÄj.
§£À±ÀAPÀjAiÀÄ°è £ÀqÉzÀ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt JµÀÖ£ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀæPÀgÀt ?
¨ÉAUÀ¼ÀÆgÀÄ £ÀUÀgÀzÀ AiÀiÁªÀ ¨sÁUÀªÀÇ EAzÀÄ ¥ÀæeÉUÀ¼À ¥Á°UÉ
PÉÆÃgÀªÀÄAUÀ® §qÁªÀuÉAiÀÄ°è DUÀAvÀPÀgÀÄ K£ÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ ?
¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀªÀ®è. (into positive)
ªÉÄʪÉÄðgÀĪÀ £ÀUÀ£ÁtåUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ¹zÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ PÀA© QüÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ªÀÄĤPÀȵÀÚ¥Àà KPÉ ¥Áæt vÉgÀ¨ÉÃPÁ¬ÄvÀÄ ?
(into prohibitive)
ºÁqÀĺÀUÀ¯Éà ªÀÄ£ÉUÉ £ÀÄVÎ ZÁPÀÄ vÉÆÃj¹ ¤ªÁ¹UÀ¼À£ÀÄß §rzÀÄ 2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð
¨ÉzÀj¹ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÀÄ°ègÀĪÀÅzÀ£É߯Áè ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀnÖPÉÆAqÀÄ ¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À C¥ÀgÁzsÀ `crime'
ªÀiÁqÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. (split into simple sentences) C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ `un protected'
£Á®ÄÌ ªÀÄA¢ DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ ªÀÄ£ÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß £ÀÄVÎ ¸Á«gÁgÀÄ gÀÆ. DUÀAvÀÄPÀgÀÄ `strangers'
¨É¯ÉAiÀÄ ¥ÀzÁxÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß zÉÆÃaPÉÆAqÀÄ NrºÉÆÃzÀgÀÄ (change EjvÀ `stabbing'
into double negative without changing meaning ) PÀA©QüÀÄ `to take to ones heels'
PÁqïð gÉÆÃqï ¥À²ÑªÀÄzÀ°è EAxÀªÉà ¥ÀæPÀgÀtUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÀqÉzÀªÀÅ. PÀvÀðªÀå `duty'
(negate) PÀ¹ `snatch'
1.3 PɼÀV£À «gÀÄzÁÞxÀð ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÀéAvÀ PÁPÀ¥ÉÆÃPÀgÀÄ `lawless'
ªÁPÀåzÀ°è §¼À¹. PÉƯɥÁvÀPÀgÀÄ `murderers'
ªÀiÁ£À X CªÀªÀiÁ£À PÀëtUÀAqÀ `diasaster at every moment'
¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ X C¸ÀÄgÀQëvÀ ZÁPÀÄ `knife'
ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ X gÁwæ zÀgÉÆÃqÉ ZÀÆj `knife'
DUÀAvÀPÀ X ¥ÀjavÀ dUÀeÁÓ»ÃgÀÄ `proclaim to the world'
¢£ÀUÀAqÀ `daily diasaster'
228/Kannada A Self Instructional Course

zÉÆÃZÀÄ `to loot' ¥ÁoÀ - 25

£ÀUÀgÀªÁ¹UÀ¼ÀÄ `citizens' ¨ÉÃPÀÄ ¨ÉÃqÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
£ÀUÀ£Átå `jewellery and cash' £Á£ÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÉý PÀ£ÀßrUÀgÀÄ £ÀPÀÌgÉ JA§ ¨sÀAiÀÄ
£ÉgÀªÉÃj¸ÀÄ `to perform' ¤ªÀÄVzÉAiÉÄÃ? ¥ÁægÀA¨sÀzÀ°è ¤ªÀÄä ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÉý CªÀgÀÄ £ÀUÀÄvÁÛgÉ
¥ÀæPÀgÀt `incident' ¤d. ¤ÃªÀÅ CªÀgÀ eÉÆvÉ £ÀPÀÄÌ ©r. DzÀgÉ ¤gÀÄvÁì»UÀ¼ÁUÀ¨ÉÃr. ¤ªÀÄä
¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß MAzÀÄ ªÀÄUÀÄ«£À ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀßzÀAvÉ. DzÀgÉ £É£À¦r; ¤ÃªÀÅ
¥Àæw¨sÀn¸ÀÄ `to protest' ªÀ i ÁvÀ £ ÁqÀ Ä ªÀ Å zÀ £ À Ä ß PÀ ° AiÀ Ä ¨É à PÁzÀ g É ¨É à gÉ A iÀ Ä ªÀ g À eÉ Æ vÉ
¥ÀvÉÛ `detection' ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀzÀgÀ ªÀÄÆ®PÀªÉÃ.
¥À¯ÁAiÀÄ£À `escape' ¨ÉÃgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß ¤gÀAvÀgÀ
¥ÁzÀZÁjUÀ¼ÀÄ `pedestrains' C¨sÁå¸À¢AzÀ¯Éà PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ. AiÀiÁgÀÆ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀzÉ, JAzÀÆ ºÉƸÀ
¥Á®Ä `share' ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀ®Ä PÀ°w®è. ¤ªÀÄä ªÀÄÄRå ¸ÀªÀĸÉåAiÉÄAzÀgÉ MAzÀÄ
¸Áj ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀÄvÉÛ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀÄ. ¤ÃªÀÅ JZÀÑjPɬÄAzÀ ¤ªÀÄä
¥ÀÄAqÀÄ¥ÉÆÃPÀjUÀ¼ÀÄ `lawless men'
eÉÆvÉ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀªÀgÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¹. DUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ J°è vÀ¥ÀÄà
§qÁªÀuÉ `extension' ªÀiÁqÀÄ«j J°è ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅ¢®è JAzÀÄ w½AiÀÄÄvÀÛzÉ. PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ vÁªÀÅ
§r `to beat' ªÀiÁrzÀ vÀ¥Éàà ¸Àj JAzÀÄ w½zÀÄ d£ÀUÀ¼À ¸ÀA¥ÀPÀðªÀ£Éßà ©lÄÖ ©qÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
¨ÉzÀj¸ÀÄ `to threaten'
CAxÀªÀgÀÄ vÀªÀÄä vÀ¥Àà£ÀÄß ¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀÆ E®è, ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ZÉ£ÁßV
PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÆ E®è.
¨sÀAiÀiÁ£ÀPÀ `horrifying'
PÀ£ÀßqÀ UÉÆwÛ®èzÉ EgÀĪÀ £À£Àß C£ÉÃPÀ d£À ¸ÉßûvÀgÀÄ EzÁÝgÉ. CªÀgÀÄ
¨sÁUÀ `part'
¢£À¤vÀåzÀ §¼ÀPÉUÁV PÀ£ÀßqÀ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÁVvÀÄÛ. £À£Àß ºÀwÛgÀ §AzÀÄ PÀ£ÀßqÀ
ªÀÄÄUÀÞ d£À `innocent people' PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÉA§ D¸É EzÉ, PÀ°¹ JAzÀÄ PÉýzÀgÀÄ. £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¸ÀvÉÆqÀVzÉ,
ªÀÄÆmÉ PÀlÄÖ `pack up' £ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ¸ÉßûvÀ, ºÀÄqÀÄUÀ, dªÁ£À, ªÀÄgÀ ªÀÄÄAvÁzÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ªÉÆzÀ®
¸ÀªÁgÀgÀÄ `riders' ¢£À ºÉýPÉÆmÉÖ. ªÀiÁgÀ£Éà ¢£À £Á£ÀÄ PÀ°¹zÀ CzsÀðzÀµÀÄÖ CªÀgÀÄ
ªÀÄgÉwzÀÝgÀÄ. CªÀjUÉ CªÀÅUÀ¼À£ÀÄß eÁÕ¥ÀPÀzÀ°èlÄÖPÉƼÀÄîªÀµÀÄÖ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ
²PÁëzÀAqÀ `punishment'
EgÀ°®è. DzÀÝjAzÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ¢A¢j,
ºÀUÀ®Ä zÀgÉÆÃqÉ `day light robbery ' D¸ÀQÛ vÉÆÃj¹, ¤ÃªÀÅ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¸ÀÄvÀÛ ªÀÄÄvÀÛ® ¥Àj¸ÀgÀPÉÌ
ºÁqÀÄ ºÀUÀ®Ä `broad day light' ºÉÆA¢PÉƽî. d£ÀgÉÆqÀ£É MAzÁV CzÀPÁÌV PÀ£ÀßqÀªÀ£Éßà ªÀiÁzsÀåªÀÄ
ªÀiÁrPÉƽî.
230/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 25/231

¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¥ÁoÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¸ÀgÀ¼ÀªÁVzÀÄÝ, ¤ªÀÄUÉ ¨Á°±ÀªÁV C¨sÁå¸À

PÁt§ºÀÄzÀÄ. «avÀæ J¤¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¨ÉøÀgÀ vÀgÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. aAvɬĮè
C¨sÁå¸ÀªÀiÁr. PÀxÉ ºÉüÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°¬Äj. ¸ÀA¨sÁµÀuÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß 1. PɼÀV£À ¥Àæ±ÉßUÀ½UÉ GvÀÛj¹.
ºÉýPÉÆAqÀÄ CzÀPÉÌ vÀPÀÌAvÉ C©ü£À¬Ä¹. ¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀðUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ¸ÀȶֹPÉÆAqÀÄ 1.1 ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁqÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ ºÉÃUÉ ?
¨ÉÃgÉAiÀĪÀgÀÄ ªÉÄZÀÄѪÀAvÉ ªÀiÁr.
1.2 PÉ®ªÀgÀÄ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß KPÉ ZÉ£ÁßV PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅ¢®è ?
¤ÃªÀÅ vÀ¥ÀÄà ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀAvÀÆ ¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ. CzÀPÉÌ ¹zÀÞgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ 1.3 ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼À£ÀÄß ºÉÃUÉ PÀ°AiÀĨÉÃPÀÄ ?
¨sÁµÉ PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ¤ÃªÀÅ ªÀÄÆRðgÁUÀÄwÛÃj, WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîwÛÃj.
£ÀUÉ¥Ál°UÉ FqÁUÀÄwÛÃj. CzÀPÉ̯Áè vÀAiÀiÁgÁVj. ºÉƸÀ 1.4 NzÀĪÀÅzÀ£ÀÄß C¨sÁå¸À ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ JAvÀºÀ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ
¨sÁµÉAiÉÆAzÀ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ £ÀªÀÄä WÀ£ÀvÉ PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉƼÀÄîªÀÅzÀQÌAvÀ G¥ÀAiÀÄÄPÀÛ?
WÀ£ÀªÁzÀzÀÄÝ. 1.5 §gÀªÀtÂUɬÄAzÁUÀĪÀ ¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À K£ÀÄ ?
ºÉƸÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß PÀ°AiÀÄĪÁUÀ ªÀiÁvÁqÀĪÀµÀÄÖ NzÀĪÀÅzÀgÀ
2 PÀpt ±À§ÝUÀ¼À CxÀð
§gÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀgÀ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvɬĮè. DzÀgÉ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉUÀ½UÉ vÀPÀÌ ºÁUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ
NzÀ¨ÉÃPɤ¸À§ºÀÄzÀÄ. ¸ÀtÚ ¸ÀtÚ ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, ¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÀÄvÀÄÛ CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉ `necessity'
ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼À£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr. ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖªÁUÀÄvÀÛzÉ.
DvÀ䫱Áé¸À `confidence '
ªÉÆzÀ® ºÀAvÀzÀ°è ¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ ±Á¯Á ¥ÀĸÀÛPÀUÀ¼ÀÄ, zÀAvÀPÀxÉUÀ¼ÀÄ,
¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ DgÉÆÃUÀå, ¹¤ªÀiÁ ¸ÀÄ¢Ý ªÉÆzÀ¯ÁzÀªÀÅ G¥ÀAiÉÆÃUÀPÉÌ JZÀÑjPÉ `caution, conscious'
§gÀÄvÀÛªÉ. ªÀvÀðªÀiÁ£À ¥ÀwæPÉUÀ¼ÀÄ ªÉÆzÀªÉÆzÀ®Ä PÀµÀÖªÁzÀgÀÆ §ºÀ¼À
¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£ÀPÁj. CªÀÅUÀ¼À ªÀÄÆ®PÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¢£À ¤vÀåzÀ «µÀAiÀÄUÀ¼À£ÀÄß UÀªÀĤ¸ÀÄ `to notice '
ZÀað¸À®Ä ¨ÉÃPÁzÀ ºÉƸÀ ºÉƸÀ ¥ÀzÀUÀ¼ÀÄ ¤ªÀÄä ±À§Ý ¨sÀAqÁgÀPÉÌ ¸ÉÃgÀÄvÀÛªÉ. WÀ£ÀvÉ `dignity '
CªÀ±ÀåPÀvÉVAvÀ ºÉZÀÄÑ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß §¼À¸À¨ÉÃr. MAzÀÄ ¥ÀzÀzÀ CxÀð
¸À¤ßªÉñÀzÀ »£É߯ÉAiÀÄ°è CxÀðªÁUÀzÉ EzÀÝgÉ ¤WÀAl£ÀÄß £ÉÆÃr. ZÀað¸ÀÄ `to discuss'
¤ÃªÀÅ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß §gÀªÀtÂUÉAiÀÄ°è ºÉZÀÄÑ §¼À¸ÀĪÀ CªÀPÁ±À eÁÕ¥ÀPÀ `memory'
E®èzÉà ºÉÆÃUÀ§ºÀÄzÀÄ. PÀ£ÁðlPÀzÀ ¤ªÀÄä ¸ÉßûvÀ¤UÉ PÁUÀzÀ
§gÉAiÀÄĪÁUÀ PÀ£ÀßqÀzÀ¯Éèà §gɬÄj. §gÀªÀtÂUÉ ¤ªÀÄUÉ DvÀä «±Áé¸ÀªÀ£ÀÄß vÀ¥ÀÄà `mistake'
vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. ¤ªÀÄä£ÀÄß ¸ÀܽÃAiÀÄgÀ£ÁßV ªÀiÁqÀÄvÀÛzÉ. zÀAvÀPÀxÉ `mythological story'
PÀqÉAiÀÄzÁV MAzÀÄ ªÀiÁvÀÄ : vÀÄA¨Á PÀµÀÖ¥ÀlÄÖ ¨sÁµÉ PÀ°w¢ÝÃj. ¢£À ¤vÀå `daily'
DzÀÝjAzÀ PÀ°vÀ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß ªÀÄgÉAiÀĨÉÃr. KPÉAzÀgÉ ¨sÁµÉAiÀÄ£ÀÄß
PÀ°AiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ JµÀÄÖ PÀµÀÖªÉÇà ªÉÄgÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ CµÉÖà ¸ÀÄ®¨sÀ.
232/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson 25/233

£ÀUÉ¥Ál®Ä `laughing stock' ¸ÀA¥ÀPÀð `contact'

¤WÀAlÄ `dictionary' ¸ÀªÀĸÉå `problem'
¤AiÀÄvÀPÁ°PÀ `periodicals' ¸ÀAAiÀĪÀÄ `patience'
¤gÀAvÀgÀ `constantly' ¸ÀgÀ¼À `simple'
¤gÀÄvÁìºÀ `discourage' ¸Àj¥Àr¹PÉƼÀÄî `set right'
¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ `determination' ¸ÀȶָÀÄ `to create'
£É£À¥ÀÄ `memory' ¸ÁªÀðd¤PÀ `general / public'
¥Àj¸ÀgÀ `environment' ±À§Ý ¨sÀAqÁgÀ `vocabulary '
¥ÀæAiÉÆÃd£À `usefulness' ºÀAvÀ `stage'
¥ÁæxÀ«ÄPÀ `primary' »£Éß¯É `background'
§gÀªÀtÂUÉ `writing' ºÉÆAzÀÄ `to adjust' / 'to possess'
¨Á°±À `childish'
¨sÀAiÀÄ `fear'
ªÀÄvÉÛ `again'
ªÀÄÆRð `fool'
ªÉÄZÀÄÑ `to appreciate'
«avÀæ `peculiar'
¸ÀAzÀ¨sÀð `incident'
¸ÀܽÃAiÀÄ `local'
¸À¤ßªÉñÀ `situation'
 Part II / 235

" circle" otherwise known as "anuswara" indicates a nasal

PART II
consonant corresponding to the following consonant.
SCRIPT
The words and sentences to practice.
Mostly hand movement in Kannada is anti clockwise. But
there are stray instances where the clockwise movement is also
seen. The letters in this book are arranged into a group on their FgÀ PÀgÀ PÀAoÀ
shape similarity and contrastive perception. The arrow mark F PÀgÀ
and the numbering show the beginning and the direction of the
movement.
F PÀAoÀ

Note that The above words and sentences are formed by

o gÀ oÀ F using the letters introduced in this lesson.

2 2 2
4
1 3
1 1 3
F is the only vowel introduced here.
Circle ra Tha ii à This is the secondary sympbol of vowel F. The box
indicates the primary consonant. The combination of F with

PÀ AiÀÄ gÀhÄ
4 3 2

2
3
1 1
consonants are realised in the following examples.
1 4
2 4 3
5
ka ya Jha gï + F = jÃ
oï + F = pÃ
The consonant in kannada possess an inherant vowel - a.
Pï + F = QÃ
This is generally marked by (talakaTTu). But there are
some letters which do not have talakaTTu. The pure consonant AiÀiï + F = ¬ÄÃ
is marked by
ï
(halant)
gï - r consonant.
gÀhiï + F = jhÄÃ

gÀ - r+a combination
236/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 237

GROUP 2 Combine the following

gï + D = ____________
1

® C D
la
1

a
2

1
2

aa
oï
Pï
+
+
D
D
=
=
____________
____________
2 2 3
AiÀiï + D = ____________

G H
1

u
1

Uu
gÀhiï
¯ï
gï
+
+
+
D
D
G
=
=
=
____________
____________
____________
The vowels introduced in this group are C, D, G, H. The
oï + G = ____________
Secondary symbol of C ( À) is already dealt in the previous
Pï + G = ____________
lesson. The secondary symbols of the other vowels are given
below. AiÀiï + G = ____________
D Á ¯Á ¯ÁAiÀÄ gÀhiï + G = ____________
G Ä ®Ä PÁ®Ä ¯ï + G = ____________
H Æ ®Æ D®ÆgÀÄ gï + H = ____________
Words and sentences for Practice
oï + H = ____________
Pï + H = ____________
D® D®AiÀÄ AiÀiï + H = ____________
®AiÀÄ PÁ®gÀ D D®AiÀÄ
gÀhiï + H = ____________
HgÀÄ DPÀgÀ F HgÀÄ
¯ï + H = ____________
PÁ® gÀÆ®Ä F D®AiÀÄ D HgÀ D®AiÀÄ
238/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 239

GROUP 3 Combine the following

zï + F = ____________

zÀ zsÀ xÀ
2 2 2

1 1 1
3
zsï + F = ____________
3 4
xï + F = ____________
da dha tha qï + F = ____________

qÀ qsÀ qsï + F = ____________

3 3

1 1
2 2
zï + D = ____________
Da Dha
4
zsï + D = ____________
No vowels in this group
xï + D = ____________
qï + D = ____________
qsï + D = ____________
Words and sentences for practice
zï + G = ____________
zÀqÀ zÁgÀ PÀAzÀ zsï + G = ____________
PÀzÀ zÀÆgÀ DzsÁgÀ xï + G = ____________
gÀxÀ zÀAqÀ PÀqÀÆgÀÄ qï + G = ____________
qsï + G = ____________
F gÀxÀ HgÀ gÀxÀ zï + H = ____________
FgÀ gÁAiÀÄgÀ PÀAqÀ zsï + H = ____________
GzÀAiÀÄ D®AiÀÄzÀ PÀzÀ PÀAqÀ xï + H = ____________
qï + H = ____________
qsï + H = ____________
240/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 241

GROUP 4 Words and sentences for practice

J K ªÀ
2 2
JqÀ JzÀÄgÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀ D®zÀ ªÀÄgÀ
1 1 1
ªÀÄgÀ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ gÀĪÀiÁ®Ä
e ee va bÀ® JPÀgÉ ªÀiÁzsÀÄ ªÀiÁAiÀĪÁzÀgÀÄ
ªÀgÀ PÁ®ÄªÉ

ªÀÄ bÀ
2 2
KPÀ
1 1

ma cha
The vowels introduced are J, K. The Secondary Observe the following combinations.

symbols are given below.

ªï + F = «Ã
J É ªÉ PÁ®ÄªÉ ªÀiï + F = «ÄÃ
K Éà ªÉà ªÉÃzÀ bï + F = cÃ
ªï + D = ªÁ
The combination of these secondary symbols with the
consonants are given below. ªÀiï + D = ªÀiÁ
bï + D = bÁ
ªï + J = ªÉ ªï + K = ªÉà ªï + G = ªÀÅ
ªÀiï +J = ªÉÄ ªÀiï + K = ªÉÄà ªÀiï + G = ªÀÄÄ
bï + J = bÉ bï + K = bÉÃ bï + G = bÀÄ
242/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 243

GROUP 5 Words and sentences for practice

¥À ¥sÀ µÀ
3 3 4
¥ÀzÀ CWÀ ¥ÁoÀ ¥sÉÃ®Ä ¥ÁAqÀªÀgÀÄ ¥ÀzÀPÀ
1 2
1 3 5 2
1 ¥sÀ® GµÀ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ ¥sÀAqÀgÁ¥ÀÄgÀ ¥ÉÃ¥Àgï
4
pa pha sha

L D HgÀÄ ¥ÁAqÀªÀ¥ÀÄgÀ
4

3 2 2
1 1
gÁªÀÄ ¥ÀzÀ«ÃzsÀgÀ
5

gha aee CzÀÄ D ªÀÄgÀzÀ ¥sÀ®

The vowel introduced here is L. L is the combination of Observe the following combinations :
a+i, which is normally called dipthong. The secondary symbol
is given below : ¥ï + F = ¦Ã
L ÉÊ ¥ÉÊ ¥ÉÊgÀÄ ¥ï + D = ¥Á
¥ï + G = ¥ÀÅ
The combination with other consonants : ¥ï + H = ¥ÀÇ
¥ï + J = ¥É
¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ
¥ï + K = ¥ÉÃ
¥sï + L = ¥sÉÊ
¥ï + L = ¥ÉÊ
µï + L = µÉÊ
Wï + L = WÉÊ
244/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 245

GROUP 6 Words and sentences

MzÉ NqÀÄ PÀªÀÄ® MAzÀÄ ¥ÁoÀ NzÀÄ.

M N O
1

1 1
2 NzÀÄ OµÀzsÀ MAzÀÄ gÀÆ¥Á¬Ä PÉÆqÀÄ
d® doÀgÀ CzÀÄ CªÀgÀ N¯É.
o oo au
Combine the following

d 1

ja
2 gï +
gï +
gï +
M = ___________
N = ___________
O = ___________
¯ï + M = ___________
¯ï + N = ___________
The vowels introduced here are M, N, O. O is the ¯ï + O = ___________
combination of a+u, which is a dipthong like L. The secondary AiÀiï + M = ___________
symbols are given below. AiÀiï + N = ___________
eï + M = ___________
eï + N = ___________
eï + O = ___________
M ÉÆ PÉÆ PÉÆ¯É ªÀiï + O = ___________
N ÉÆà PÉÆà PÉÆÃgÀÄ ªï + M = ___________
ªï + N = ___________
O Ë PË PËgÀªÀ ªï + O = ___________
¥ï + N = ___________
¥ï + O = ___________
ªÀiï + M = ___________
246/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 247

GROUP 7 GROUP 8

§ ¨sÀ ZÀ l vÀ
2 4 2

1 1 1 3 1
2
1
2
3

ba bha ca Ta ta

Words and sentences Words and sentences for practice

§PÀ ZÀgÀPÀ ZÀªÀÄZÀ gÁdÄ ¥ÁoÀ §gÉzÀ Dl vÀAzÉ mÁgÀÄ vÀjÃPÉgÉ
¨sÀAiÀÄ ¨Á®PÀ ZÉAqÀÄ ªÀiÁªÀ ¨ÉÆA¨É PÉÆAqÀÄ PÉÆAqÀgÀÄ. vÉÆÃl vÁvÀ mÉƪÉÄmÉÆ
¨sÁªÀ ZÁ®PÀ ZËPÀ PÀªÀÄ® ¨sÀAiÀÄ¥ÀqÀ¨ÉÃqÀ Nl vÀl l¥Á®Ä vÁªÀgÉ
CzÀÄ gÁAiÀÄgÀ vÉÆÃl.
Combine the following
CAZÉAiÀÄ ¥ÉÃzÉ GµÉAiÀÄ l¥Á®Ä vÀAzÀ.
¨ï + F = ___________
Combine the following
Zï + F = ___________
mï + C = ___________
¨sï + D = ___________
vï + D = ___________
Zï + N = ___________
mï + F = ___________
Zï + D = ___________
vï + F = ___________
Zï + M = ___________ mï + J = ___________
¨ï + K = ___________ mï + K = ___________
¨sï + G = ___________ vï + J = ___________
Zï + H = ___________ vï + M = ___________
eï + L = ___________ mï + M = ___________
¨ï + O = ___________ vï + O = ___________
¨sï + M = ___________ mï + N = ___________
248/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 249

GROUP 9 GROUP 10

E k t UÀ £À ¸À
2 2 2 3

1 1 2

1 1 1 1
3
ga na sa
i na Na
Words and sentences for practice
The vowel in this lesson is E. The secondary symbol is given
ªÀÄUÀ £ÀUÀ UÀgÀUÀ¸À UÀUÀ£À
below :
¸ÀgÀ £Á¬Ä ¸ÀqÀUÀgÀ ¸ÀÄgÀ¸ÀÄAzÀj
E j PÀÄj
¸ÀAUÀ £ÉÆÃl UÀAmÉ
Observe the following combinations :
ªÀÄAUÀ ¸ÁªÀÅ D¸É
gï + E = j
CªÀ¤UÉ UÁ£ÀAiÉÆÃV JAzÀÄ ©gÀÄzÀÄ EzÉ.
ªï + E = «
AiÀiï + E = ¬Ä EªÀ¤UÉ D ¹¤ªÀiÁ £ÉÆÃqÀ¨ÉÃPÉAzÀÄ D¸É.
zï + E = ¢ ªÉÄʸÀÆgÀÄ ¸ÀÄAzÀgÀªÁzÀ £ÀUÀgÀ.
uï + E = t Combine the following
mï + E = n Uï + F = ___________
vï + E = w £ï + F = ___________
k is not used as a graphic representation. ¸ï + D = ___________
"circle" when followed by palatal sounds functions as `k' Uï + M = ___________
e.g. ZÀAZÀ®, ªÀÄAZÀ, PÀAZÀÄ.
£ï + N = ___________
¸ï + O = ___________
Words and sentences for practice
£ï + J = ___________
EzÀÄ EgÀÄªÉ ªÀÄuÉ EªÀgÀÄ
E° ¨sÀgÀt PÉÆÃuÉ ¸ï + K = ___________
EªÀgÀÄ EAzÀĪÀÄwAiÀÄ vÀAzÉ vÁ¬Ä. Uï + L = ___________
D Kt EªÀgÀzÀÄ. Uï + E = ___________
250/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 251

GROUP 11 GROUP 12

¼À ±À ºÀ R IÄ B
2 2 2 3
1
1 2
1
1
4
2

Sa ha kha ri "Visarga"
La
IÄ is the vowel introduced in this group of letters. IÄ is a
Words and sentences for practice
Sanskrit borrowed sound found only in Sanskrit borrowed
ªÀÄ¼É ±Á®Ä ºÁ®Ä PÀ¼ÀAPÀ
words. The secondary symbol is given below. Although it is
D¼ÀÄ ±ÉÊ® ºÀƪÀÅ ºÀ¼À¢ treated as a vowel in traditional grammar it functions as a
§¼É ²Ã® ºÉüÀÄ PÀ¼À±À consonant.
±ËZÀ ºÉÆÃj ¸À±ÉõÀ
IÄ È PÀÈ PÀȶ
D ºÀ¸ÀÄ«£À ºÉ¸ÀgÀÄ UËj.
ªÀÄ¼É §AzÀgÉ ¨É¼É. Observe the follwoing combinations :
²²gÀ£À UɼÀw ±ÉÊ® ¸ÀÄAzÀj.
vï + IÄ = vÀÈ
Observe the following combinations : zï + IÄ = zÀÈ
¸ï + IÄ = ¸ÀÈ
¼ï + F = ½Ã
Words and sentences for Practice.
±ï + D = ±Á
RUÀ ±ÀAR IĶ ReÁ£É zÀÄBR
ºï + J = ºÉ RAqÀ PÀÈ¥À IÄvÀÄ vÀÈt IÄt¨sÁgÀ CAvÀBPÀgÀt
±ï + O = ±Ë IÄvÀĪÀiÁ£À CAvÀB¥ÀÄgÀ
¼ï + L = ¼ÉÊ visarga has the `ah' sound value
ºï + N = ºÉÆà PÀȶ ªÀiÁqÀĪÀªÀ£ÀÄ PÀȶPÀ.
ºï + E = » ¨sÁgÀvÀ zÉñÀzÀ gÁdzsÁ¤ zɺÀ°.
vÉãÀ¹AUÀ UËj ±ÀAPÀgÀ ²RgÀ KjzÀ.
¥sÀÇ®£ï zÉë qsÀPÁ¬ÄvÀgÀ gÁtÂ.
252/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 253

Primary letters along with the secondary symbols of CfÓ CdÓ¤UÉ PÀeÁÓAiÀÄ ªÀiÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
vowels are introduced so far. Now let us see the secondary
symbols of the consonants. The secondary symbols of the QnÖ PÉÆý ªÉÆmÉÖ vÀAzÀÄ PÉÆlÖ.
consonants are also grouped into three categories. viz., MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ¨ÉuÉÚ, MAzÀÄ PÀtÂÚUÉ ¸ÀÄtÚ.
1. The secondary symbols similar to the primary letters but ¸Àħ⠺À§âzÀ UÀ¯ÁmÉ PÉý vÀ©â¨ÁâzÀ.
smaller in size.
CªÀé ¸ÀÄ«é ¸ÀĪÀé¯Á° JAzÀÄ ºÁrzÀ¼ÀÄ.
2. The secondary symbols which show a little deviant forms
from that of the primary ones.
3. The secondary symbols which have completely different
shape from that of the primary ones.
The secondary symbols of the consonants are written below the
primary letters.

Group I
eï + d = dÓ CdÓ
mï + l = lÖ ¨ÉlÖ
uï + t = tÚ CtÚ
¨ï + § = §â ºÀ§â
ªï + ªÀ = ªÀé CªÀé

CfÓ, PÀnÖUÉ, PÀtÄÚ, PÀ§Äâ, vÉƪÉé

ªÀÄfÓUÉ, ºÉÆmÉÖ, ¨ÉuÉÚ, ¨ÉƨÉâ, ¸ÀĪÁé°.
254/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 255

Group II Group III

Pï + PÀ = PÀÌ CPÀÌ vï + vÀ = vÀÛ PÀvÀÛj
Uï + UÀ = UÀÎ ºÀUÀÎ £ï + £À = £Àß PÀ£ÀßqÀ
Zï + ZÀ = ZÀÑ ºÀÄZÀÑ ªÀiï + ªÀÄ = ªÀÄä vÀªÀÄä
qï + qÀ = qÀØ zÀqÀØ AiÀiï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄå CAiÀÄå
zï + zÀ = zÀÝ ¥ÉzÀÝ ¯ï + ® = ®è ¨É®è
¼ï + ¼À = ¼Àî PÀ¼Àî
¥ï + ¥À = ¥Àà vÀÄ¥Àà vÀÄvÀÆÛj, ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É, PÀAiÀiÁågÉ, PÀ®Äè, PÀvÀÛ®Ä,
¸ï + ¸À = ¸Àì §¸ÀÄì ªÀÄ£ÀßuÉ, ZÀªÀiÁägÀ, §AiÀÄÄå, PÀ®èAUÀr.

ªÀÄPÀ̼ÀÄ, ªÀÄUÀÎ, ªÉÄZÀÄÑ, UÀqÀØ, UÀzÀÝ®, ¸ÀļÀÄî, C¥Àà, ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì, PÀvÉÛ §®èzÉ PÀ¸ÀÆÛjAiÀÄ ªÁ¸À£ÉAiÀÄ ?
¸ÀPÀÌgÉ, £ÀÄUÉÎÃPÁ¬Ä, CZÀÑj, PÀqÁØAiÀÄ, ºÀzÀÄÝ, ¨É¼ÀÄî½î, PÀ¥ÀÄà. §£Áßj C£Àß w£ÀßzÉ MAzÀÄ ªÁgÀ D¬ÄvÀÄ.
vÀªÀÄäAiÀÄå ¸ÀĪÀÄä ¸ÀĪÀÄä£É £ÀPÀÌ.
CPÀÌ£À ªÀÄPÀ̽UÉ ZÀPÀÄÌ° ¨ÉÃPÀÄ.
CªÀÄäAiÀÄå ªÀAiÀiÁågÀ¢AzÀ GAiÀiÁå¯ÉAiÀÄ°è PÀĽvÀ¼ÀÄ.
UÀÄUÀÄÎ vÀVÎ §VÎ £ÀqÉAiÀÄĪÀÅzÀÄ PÀ°vÀ.
ªÀÄ°è ºÀt PÀ¼ÉzÀÄPÉÆAqÀÄ C°è E°è ºÀÄqÀÄQzÀ¼ÀÄ.
ºÀÄZÀÑ¥Àà ºÀÄZÀÄÑZÁÑV ªÀiÁvÁrzÀ.
zÀÄrØzÀݪÀ£ÀÄ §rØ zÀÄqÀÄØ PÀÆr¹ zÉÆqÀتÀ£ÁzÀ.
¥ÉzÀÝ ¥É¢Ý ªÀÄÄzÉÝ wAzÀÄ ©zÀÝA©Ã¼À NrzÀgÀÄ.
PÀ¼Àî ¸ÀļÀÄî ºÉýzÀ. 1
Û
The secondary symbols are given below with directions.

ß 1 1
ä
C¥Àà ºÀ¥Àà¼À wAzÀÄ ¸À¥Éà JAzÀgÀÄ.
£À£ÀUÉ vÀ¥À¸ÀÄì ªÀiÁqÀĪÀÅzÀPÉÌ ªÀÄ£À¸ÀÄì ¨ÁgÀzÀÄ. 1
å 1
è
256/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Part II / 257

The homegeneous clusters of the consonants were Please note that the aspirated (mahaprana) consonant
introduced so far. Now let us see the heterogeneous clusters. can never appear as primary consonant in a cluster. It always
Whenever the cluster is pronounced, the first pronounced letter appears as secondary memeber.
will be the primary one and then followed is a secondary one.
£ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ, GzÁÞgÀ, ¤µÉ×, GvÁÜ£À, ªÁUÁÝ£À, GzÀãªÀ, ¥ÀQë,
eï + ªÀ = dé dégÀ
GvÀìªÀ, ¸ÀvÀá®, ¥À²ÑªÀÄ, GvÀàwÛ, ¥ÀĵÀà, vÀvÀìªÀÄ.
¨ï + d = §Ó PÀħÓ
µÀ + t = µÀÚ PÀȵÀÚ gÁdPÁgÀtÂUÀ¼ÀÄ §qÀªÀgÀ GzÁÞgÀzÀ ªÀiÁvÀ£ÁrzÀgÀÄ.
Uï + § = Uïâ ªÁUÀâ® ¸ÀzÀÄÎgÀÄ ºÀÄZÀÄÑ GzÁÎgÀ vÉUÉzÀgÀÄ.
eï + k = dÕ CdÕ CªÀjUÉ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ ªÀiÁrzÀgÉ £ÀªÀÄUÉ ¸ÀªÀĸÁÌgÀ ºÉüÀÄvÁÛgÉ.
CªÀ¼À GZÁÑgÀ PÉý ªÀÄ®AiÀiÁ½AiÉÄAzÀÄ ¤²Ñ¹zÉ.
eÁé¯É, C§Ó, «µÀÄÚ, CPÀâgï, «eÁÕ¤, ¸ÀégÀ, ¸ÀȶÖ.
¸ï + vÀ = vÀì GvÀìªÀ
PÀȵÀÚ ¸Áé«ÄUÉ dégÀ §A¢zÉ.
Uï + £ÀÀ = UÀß ®UÀß
«µÀÄÚ PÀȵÀÚ£ÁV CªÀvÀj¹zÀ.
zï + ªÀÄ = zÀä ¥ÀzÀä
D qÁPÀÖgÀÄ vÀÄA¨Á M¼ÉîAiÀĪÀgÀÄ.
uï + AiÀÄ = tå £Átå
vÀdÕgÁzÀ «eÁÕ¤UÀ¼ÀÄ ¨sÁgÀvÀzÀ°è EzÁÝgÉ.
ªÀiï + gÀ = ªÀÄæ vÁªÀÄæ
vï + PÀ = vÀÌ ¸ÀvÁÌgÀ gï + AiÀÄ = AiÀÄð gÀå ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð / ¸ÀÆgÀå
qï + UÀ = qÀÎ RqÀÎ ¥ÀæPÀÈw, gÀPÀÛ, gÀvÀß, gÀÄQätÂ, ¥ÀÄtå, PÁAiÀÄð
±ï
Zï
+
+
ZÀ
bÀ
=
=
±ÀÑ
ZÀÒ
¤±ÀÑAiÀÄ
GZÀÒ
Note that
æ
gÀ has two secondary symbols.

zï + zsÀ = zÀÞ GzÁÞgÀ

gÀ ð
258/Kannada A Self Instructional Course Lesson II /259

æ occurs after the primary consonant in pronunciation eg.
taamra vÁªÀÄæ.
ð occurs before the primary consonant in pronunciation.
eg. Surya ¸ÀÆAiÀÄð. This can also be written as ¸ÀÆgÀå.
Though the vowel sound occurs lost in a three consonant cluster
unit like gÁµÀÖç, ¹Ûçà etc., the written representation has the vowel
symbol added to the first consonant and the other two written
below the primary letter in the order in which they are
pronounced.

but one must be careful in writing words like CgÀàuÉ

(C¥ÀðuÉ). If `gÀ' becomes smaller in size, then it looks
odd.
£ÀªÀÄä ¸ÀÄvÀÛªÀÄÄvÀÛ gÀPÀÛ ¹PÀÛ ºÀ¸ÀÛUÀ¼Éà EªÉ.
Letters of the Kannada alphabet in the traditional order
ªÀtðªÀiÁ¯É
C D E F G H IÄ J K L M N O CA CB

gÀvÀß½UÉ ®UÀßzÀ ¥ÀæAiÀÄvÀß ªÀiÁrzÀgÀÄ. PÀ R UÀ WÀ Y

¥ÀzÀä½UÉ ¥ÀgÀªÀiÁvÀä£À°è £ÀA©PÉ E®è. ZÀ bÀ d gÀhÄ k

l oÀ qÀ qsÀ t
¸ÀvÀå - C¸ÀvÀå, £ÁåAiÀÄ - C£ÁåAiÀÄUÀ¼ÀÄ zÉêÀjUÉ UÉÆvÀÄÛ.
vÀ xÀ zÀ zsÀ £À
DªÀÄèd£ÀPÀ fêÀªÁAiÀÄÄ.
¥À ¥sÀ § ¨sÀ ªÀÄ
EAzÀæ ZÀAzÀæ ¸ÉÃj vÁªÀÄæzÀ ZÉÆA§Ä vÀAzÀgÀÄ
AiÀÄ gÀ ® ªÀ ±À µÀ ¸À ºÀ ¼À
¸ÀPÁðj D¦üù£À°è ªÀÄAiÀiÁðzɬÄAzÀ ªÀiÁvÁrzÀgÉ
PÁAiÀÄðUÀ¼ÀÄ £ÉgÀªÉÃgÀĪÀÅ¢®è. `Y' is not introduced as it is not functional in its full form.
Three clusters are seen in Sanskrit borrowed words. But they
are less in numbers. A few words are given below for example.
wÃPÀë÷Ú, C¸Ààø±Àå, ªÀÄvÀìöå, gÁµÀÖç
GzsÀéðUÁ«Ä, ¸ÀA¸ÀÌøw, ¹ÛçÃ